[debian-edu-commits] debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git (#356) - wheezy (branch) updated: 0.9.20071203
David Prévot
taffit at alioth.debian.org
Sat Oct 5 12:16:38 UTC 2013
The branch, wheezy has been updated
via 68758c0a62b541ca80138db17c729c0f5dd205a4 (commit)
from e1cba6257d7fe52d8e9110332798b9e928fc9918 (commit)
Those revisions listed above that are new to this repository have
not appeared on any other notification email; so we list those
revisions in full, below.
- Log -----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Summary of changes:
debian/changelog | 2 +-
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po | 594 +++++------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po | 599 +++++------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po | 599 +++++------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po | 1155 +++++++++++++--------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot | 589 +++++------
documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml | 33 +-
7 files changed, 1965 insertions(+), 1606 deletions(-)
The diff of changes is:
diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog
index 2bf5012..aac2a43 100644
--- a/debian/changelog
+++ b/debian/changelog
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-debian-edu-doc (0.9.20071201) unstable; urgency=low
+debian-edu-doc (0.9.20071203) unstable; urgency=low
* release-manual:
* updated sources from the wiki
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
index ef14006..1b95cef 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.de.po
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-01 2:06+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-03 9:26+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-28 23:13+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Jürgen Leibner <juergen at leibner.eu>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2349
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Anleitung zum Release von Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-01</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-03</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dieses Dokument wurde am <computeroutput>2007-11-27</computeroutput> in das "
"Paket <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> gepackt."
@@ -1258,8 +1258,8 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2075
-#: release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2123 release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2316,8 +2316,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000
-#: release-manual.xml:1599 release-manual.xml:1610 release-manual.xml:1728
-#: release-manual.xml:2028 release-manual.xml:2042 release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:1602 release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1741 release-manual.xml:2041 release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -3677,12 +3678,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1998 release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1987 release-manual.xml:2085
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:2000 release-manual.xml:2098
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
@@ -3718,14 +3719,13 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>students kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for "
-"members of the students file group)"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
+"of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1552
-msgid ""
-"customizes the students desktop with choosen icons for installed programs"
+msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -3737,7 +3737,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1554
-msgid "adept is not started during login"
+msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -3753,7 +3753,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1559
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>root kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
msgstr ""
@@ -3767,33 +3767,37 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1564
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: even if you can modify them using "
-"<computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>, you should not do this, because "
-"your changes will be overridden on upgrades."
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
+"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
+"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1568
msgid ""
-"If you want to use modified kiosk profiles, you can either copy existing "
-"ones and modify them or create new kiosk profiles in some directory (FIXME: "
-"suggest some proper dir here) and enable to use them in /etc/kde-user-profile"
+"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
+"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
+"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
+"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
+"folder."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid ""
-"If you don't want to use kioskmode, use <computeroutput>rm /etc/kderc </"
-"computeroutput>. (FIXME: Really delete that file completly???)"
+"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
+"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
+"computeroutput>. (FIXME: in which of the two?!)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1579
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -3801,14 +3805,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -3817,19 +3821,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1587
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1598
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -3838,21 +3842,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1602
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch. "
"This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1606
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -3861,7 +3865,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:2060
+#: release-manual.xml:1616 release-manual.xml:1642 release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3870,14 +3874,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1617
+#: release-manual.xml:1620
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1618
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3885,13 +3889,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -3899,12 +3903,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1626
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3912,12 +3916,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -3925,7 +3929,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1634
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3933,12 +3937,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1650
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3946,17 +3950,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1660
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1661
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3964,12 +3968,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -3977,14 +3981,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1658
+#: release-manual.xml:1671
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3992,19 +3996,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
+#: release-manual.xml:1678
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4012,17 +4016,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1678
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1680
+#: release-manual.xml:1693
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4031,17 +4035,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1699
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1690
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692
+#: release-manual.xml:1705
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4051,7 +4055,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1709
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4060,14 +4064,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1716
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4078,19 +4082,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1709
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4099,12 +4103,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4116,19 +4120,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1749
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1738
+#: release-manual.xml:1751
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4137,27 +4141,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1740
+#: release-manual.xml:1753
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4166,21 +4170,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1758
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1773
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4190,12 +4194,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4208,26 +4212,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1784
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4241,7 +4245,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4251,12 +4255,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1796
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4267,7 +4271,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1802
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4277,12 +4281,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4291,12 +4295,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1805
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1807
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4307,7 +4311,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4318,7 +4322,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4327,7 +4331,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4338,22 +4342,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1819 release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1832 release-manual.xml:1915
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1824
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4363,56 +4367,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827 release-manual.xml:1830
+#: release-manual.xml:1840 release-manual.xml:1843
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1828
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1842
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1835
+#: release-manual.xml:1848
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1850
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845 release-manual.xml:1918 release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1858 release-manual.xml:1931 release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1860
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4423,49 +4427,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1867
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1870
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1881
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4473,18 +4477,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Dienste"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4494,7 +4498,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1917
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -4503,7 +4507,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1906
+#: release-manual.xml:1919
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4511,35 +4515,35 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1921
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1945
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -4547,29 +4551,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1936
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1945
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4579,7 +4583,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4588,12 +4592,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4601,21 +4605,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:1981
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4624,14 +4628,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -4639,38 +4643,38 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2011
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2014
+#: release-manual.xml:2027
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2024
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -4678,26 +4682,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2037
+#: release-manual.xml:2050
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2058
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4705,12 +4709,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2053
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4718,7 +4722,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2065
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4731,14 +4735,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2086
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -4746,23 +4750,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2097
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2104
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4771,7 +4775,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2115
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4782,12 +4786,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4795,7 +4799,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2138
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4803,19 +4807,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2147
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -4824,7 +4828,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -4832,12 +4836,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2159
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4846,7 +4850,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2150
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -4857,7 +4861,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4866,7 +4870,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -4877,22 +4881,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
msgid "in English"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -4900,7 +4904,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -4908,12 +4912,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -4921,7 +4925,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -4930,24 +4934,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2209
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2215
+#: release-manual.xml:2228
msgid "in German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -4958,29 +4962,29 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2237
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2243
msgid "in French"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2255
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -4991,12 +4995,12 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> ist ein Wiki und wird häufig aktualisiert."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2264
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5004,12 +5008,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -5023,7 +5027,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5036,19 +5040,19 @@ msgstr ""
"lizensieren Sie es unter der GPL2 oder einer späteren Version."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright und Autoren der Übersetzung"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -5060,7 +5064,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -5073,7 +5077,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2278
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
@@ -5085,12 +5089,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Viel Freude!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2296
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Übersetzungen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2298
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -5101,13 +5105,13 @@ msgstr ""
"unvollständige Übersetzungen inNorwegisches Bokmål, Spanisch und Deutsch."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Anleitung zum Übersetzen dieses Dokuments"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5117,7 +5121,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -5132,7 +5136,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dem Paket debian-edu-doc ein."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2298
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5141,14 +5145,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
@@ -5161,7 +5165,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
@@ -5172,19 +5176,19 @@ msgstr ""
"Mailingliste."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2321
+#: release-manual.xml:2334
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -5196,25 +5200,25 @@ msgstr ""
"Sprache erzeugt bzw. eine bestehende ergänzt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2323
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Bitte berichte über andere Probleme."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Anhang A - The GNU Public Licence"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -5223,7 +5227,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5232,7 +5236,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5241,7 +5245,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5249,17 +5253,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2350
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2367
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5268,12 +5272,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2361
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5287,7 +5291,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5298,7 +5302,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5310,14 +5314,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2369
+#: release-manual.xml:2382
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5326,7 +5330,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5334,7 +5338,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5343,7 +5347,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2380
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5358,7 +5362,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2385
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5372,7 +5376,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5381,7 +5385,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2402
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5390,7 +5394,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2404
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5399,7 +5403,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2394
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5408,7 +5412,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2397
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5419,7 +5423,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2413
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5429,7 +5433,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5443,7 +5447,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5453,7 +5457,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2422
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5465,7 +5469,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5478,7 +5482,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2415
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5490,7 +5494,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5507,7 +5511,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2434
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5515,7 +5519,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2423
+#: release-manual.xml:2436
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5529,14 +5533,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5548,7 +5552,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2443
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5557,7 +5561,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2446
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5569,7 +5573,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5582,12 +5586,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5601,7 +5605,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5615,42 +5619,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2450
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2473
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2461
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2462
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -5662,122 +5666,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2483
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2491
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494 release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2507 release-manual.xml:2517
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2528
+#: release-manual.xml:2541
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2538
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2544
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2551
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -5786,32 +5790,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2575
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2581
+#: release-manual.xml:2594
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2583
+#: release-manual.xml:2596
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
index ea54578..1e4b066 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.es.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-01 2:07+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-03 9:26+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-14 15:05+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: <es at li.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2349
#, fuzzy
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual para Debian-Edu etch 3.0 también llamado \"Terra\""
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-01</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-03</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
@@ -1228,8 +1228,8 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2075
-#: release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2123 release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -2345,8 +2345,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000
-#: release-manual.xml:1599 release-manual.xml:1610 release-manual.xml:1728
-#: release-manual.xml:2028 release-manual.xml:2042 release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:1602 release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1741 release-manual.xml:2041 release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -3841,12 +3842,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1998 release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1987 release-manual.xml:2085
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:2000 release-manual.xml:2098
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
@@ -3881,14 +3882,13 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>students kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for "
-"members of the students file group)"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
+"of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1552
-msgid ""
-"customizes the students desktop with choosen icons for installed programs"
+msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -3898,10 +3898,11 @@ msgid ""
"kde panel"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1554
-msgid "adept is not started during login"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "adept is not started"
+msgstr "Para empezar"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1555
@@ -3916,7 +3917,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1559
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>root kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
msgstr ""
@@ -3930,33 +3931,37 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1564
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: even if you can modify them using "
-"<computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>, you should not do this, because "
-"your changes will be overridden on upgrades."
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
+"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
+"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1568
msgid ""
-"If you want to use modified kiosk profiles, you can either copy existing "
-"ones and modify them or create new kiosk profiles in some directory (FIXME: "
-"suggest some proper dir here) and enable to use them in /etc/kde-user-profile"
+"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
+"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
+"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
+"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
+"folder."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid ""
-"If you don't want to use kioskmode, use <computeroutput>rm /etc/kderc </"
-"computeroutput>. (FIXME: Really delete that file completly???)"
+"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
+"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
+"computeroutput>. (FIXME: in which of the two?!)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1579
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -3964,14 +3969,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -3980,19 +3985,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1587
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1598
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -4004,7 +4009,7 @@ msgstr ""
"binario precompilado de Adobe para convertirlo antes en un paquete Debian."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1602
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch. "
@@ -4014,7 +4019,7 @@ msgstr ""
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -4023,7 +4028,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Funciona tanto con konqueror como con firefox"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1606
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -4032,7 +4037,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:2060
+#: release-manual.xml:1616 release-manual.xml:1642 release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4041,14 +4046,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1617
+#: release-manual.xml:1620
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1618
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4056,13 +4061,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -4070,12 +4075,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1626
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4083,12 +4088,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4096,7 +4101,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1634
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4104,12 +4109,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1650
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4117,18 +4122,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
#, fuzzy
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Otros temas"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1660
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1661
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4136,12 +4141,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4149,14 +4154,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1658
+#: release-manual.xml:1671
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4164,19 +4169,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
+#: release-manual.xml:1678
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4184,17 +4189,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1678
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Clientes ligeros vs Puestos sin disco"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1680
+#: release-manual.xml:1693
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4207,17 +4212,17 @@ msgstr ""
"HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1699
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP en detalle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1690
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692
+#: release-manual.xml:1705
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4227,7 +4232,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1709
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4236,14 +4241,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1716
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4254,19 +4259,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1709
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4275,12 +4280,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4292,19 +4297,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1749
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1738
+#: release-manual.xml:1751
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4313,28 +4318,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1740
+#: release-manual.xml:1753
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Conectar máquinas windows a la red / integración con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4347,7 +4352,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de autentificar a los usuarios."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4356,14 +4361,14 @@ msgstr ""
"(pocos) pasos:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1758
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Crear un usuario en el grupo \"admins\" (si no existiera ya)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1773
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4378,12 +4383,12 @@ msgstr ""
"contraseña para root en Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Concigurar el cliente Windows como un puesto estático"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4404,7 +4409,7 @@ msgstr ""
"unirse al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1784
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -4414,20 +4419,20 @@ msgstr ""
"configuración de ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Unirse al dominio como de costumbre con el usuario añadido en el paso 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4441,7 +4446,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4457,12 +4462,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Mis Documentos\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1796
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4473,7 +4478,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1802
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4483,12 +4488,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4497,12 +4502,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1805
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1807
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4513,7 +4518,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4524,7 +4529,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4533,7 +4538,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4544,22 +4549,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1819 release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1832 release-manual.xml:1915
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1824
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4569,56 +4574,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827 release-manual.xml:1830
+#: release-manual.xml:1840 release-manual.xml:1843
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1828
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1842
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1835
+#: release-manual.xml:1848
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1850
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845 release-manual.xml:1918 release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1858 release-manual.xml:1931 release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1860
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -4629,49 +4634,49 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1867
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1870
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1881
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4679,18 +4684,18 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
#, fuzzy
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Recursos"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4700,7 +4705,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1917
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -4709,7 +4714,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1906
+#: release-manual.xml:1919
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4717,36 +4722,36 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1921
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
#, fuzzy
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1945
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -4754,29 +4759,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1936
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1945
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4786,7 +4791,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4795,12 +4800,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
@@ -4812,21 +4817,21 @@ msgstr ""
"a Skolelinux desde su casa usando Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:1981
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4835,14 +4840,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
@@ -4850,38 +4855,38 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2011
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2014
+#: release-manual.xml:2027
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2024
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -4889,26 +4894,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr "apt-get -f install]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2037
+#: release-manual.xml:2050
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2058
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4916,12 +4921,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2053
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4929,7 +4934,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2065
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4942,14 +4947,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2086
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -4960,23 +4965,23 @@ msgstr ""
"interesante"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2097
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2104
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
#, fuzzy
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4985,7 +4990,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2115
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4996,13 +5001,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5010,7 +5015,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2138
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5018,20 +5023,20 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
#, fuzzy
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuir"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2147
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5040,7 +5045,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5048,13 +5053,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2159
#, fuzzy
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "== Escritores de la Documentación =="
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5063,7 +5068,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2150
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
@@ -5079,7 +5084,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documentation/Etch/Translations'>Las traducciones </ulink> son parte del"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5088,7 +5093,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -5099,23 +5104,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Soporte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Soporte basado en voluntarios"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
#, fuzzy
msgid "in English"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
@@ -5127,7 +5132,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - lista de correo para soporte en habla inglesa"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5135,13 +5140,13 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "en noruego"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5153,7 +5158,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - lista de correo de soporte para usuarios en habla noruega"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5166,18 +5171,18 @@ msgstr ""
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - POR CORREGIR"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2209
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2215
+#: release-manual.xml:2228
#, fuzzy
msgid "in German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
@@ -5188,7 +5193,7 @@ msgstr ""
"para usuarios en habla alemana"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
@@ -5198,18 +5203,18 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2237
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2243
#, fuzzy
msgid "in French"
msgstr "en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
@@ -5219,13 +5224,13 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> lista de correo de soporte en francés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "en inglés"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2255
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -5235,12 +5240,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki alemán con muchos <ulink url='/HowTos'>Tutoriales </ulink> etc."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2264
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Soporte profesional"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5251,12 +5256,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright y authores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -5269,7 +5274,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o cualquier versión posterior. ¡Disfrútalo!"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5281,12 +5286,12 @@ msgstr ""
"tu nombre aquí y libéralo bajo la GPL2 o posterior."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright de la traducción y Autores"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5295,7 +5300,7 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
@@ -5305,7 +5310,7 @@ msgstr ""
"la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
@@ -5316,7 +5321,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2278
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
@@ -5326,12 +5331,12 @@ msgstr ""
"está bajo la licencia GPL2 o versiones posteriores."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2296
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traducciones de este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2298
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
@@ -5342,13 +5347,13 @@ msgstr ""
"y español."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
#, fuzzy
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Como traducir este documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5358,7 +5363,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
@@ -5372,7 +5377,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu at l.d.o </ulink> o ponga un bug al paquete debian-edu-doc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2298
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -5381,14 +5386,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5397,26 +5402,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2321
+#: release-manual.xml:2334
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
@@ -5430,25 +5435,25 @@ msgstr ""
"mimetype=xml/docbook'>los fuentes </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2323
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
#, fuzzy
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Por favor, informa de otros posibles fallos importantes."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
#, fuzzy
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Apéndice A - La Licencia Pública GNU (GPL)"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
@@ -5461,7 +5466,7 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/ </ulink> <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -5470,7 +5475,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5479,7 +5484,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5487,17 +5492,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2350
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2367
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5506,12 +5511,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2361
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5525,7 +5530,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5536,7 +5541,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5548,14 +5553,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2369
+#: release-manual.xml:2382
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5564,7 +5569,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5572,7 +5577,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5581,7 +5586,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2380
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5596,7 +5601,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2385
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5610,7 +5615,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5619,7 +5624,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2402
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5628,7 +5633,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2404
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5637,7 +5642,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2394
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5646,7 +5651,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2397
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5657,7 +5662,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2413
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5667,7 +5672,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5681,7 +5686,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5691,7 +5696,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2422
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5703,7 +5708,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5716,7 +5721,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2415
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5728,7 +5733,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5745,7 +5750,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2434
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5753,7 +5758,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2423
+#: release-manual.xml:2436
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5767,14 +5772,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5786,7 +5791,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2443
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5795,7 +5800,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2446
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5807,7 +5812,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5820,7 +5825,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5828,7 +5833,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5842,7 +5847,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5856,42 +5861,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2450
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2473
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2461
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2462
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -5903,7 +5908,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5911,7 +5916,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5919,7 +5924,7 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2483
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
#, fuzzy
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
@@ -5927,108 +5932,108 @@ msgstr ""
"indicaciones básicas:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2491
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494 release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2507 release-manual.xml:2517
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
#, fuzzy
msgid "German"
msgstr "en alemán"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2528
+#: release-manual.xml:2541
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2538
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2544
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2551
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6037,32 +6042,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2575
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2581
+#: release-manual.xml:2594
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2583
+#: release-manual.xml:2596
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
index 47930d4..6ab61e7 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.it.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-01 2:07+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-03 9:26+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-11-24 23:52+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Claudio Carboncini <claudio.carboncini at gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: italian <debian-edu at lists.debian.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Manuale di Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2349
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manuale Debian per la versione Edu etch 3.0 Nome codice \"Terra\""
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr ""
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-01</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-03</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Questo documento è stato inserito nel <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
"computeroutput> pacchetto il<computeroutput>2007-11-23</computeroutput>."
@@ -1288,8 +1288,8 @@ msgstr ""
"funzionare<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2075
-#: release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2123 release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -2552,8 +2552,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000
-#: release-manual.xml:1599 release-manual.xml:1610 release-manual.xml:1728
-#: release-manual.xml:2028 release-manual.xml:2042 release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:1602 release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1741 release-manual.xml:2041 release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -4235,12 +4236,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1998 release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "HowTo da wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1987 release-manual.xml:2085
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:2000 release-manual.xml:2098
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4274,14 +4275,13 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>students kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for "
-"members of the students file group)"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
+"of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1552
-msgid ""
-"customizes the students desktop with choosen icons for installed programs"
+msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -4291,10 +4291,11 @@ msgid ""
"kde panel"
msgstr ""
-# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1554
-msgid "adept is not started during login"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "adept is not started"
+msgstr "Partiamo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1555
@@ -4309,7 +4310,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1559
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>root kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
msgstr ""
@@ -4323,33 +4324,37 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1564
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: even if you can modify them using "
-"<computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>, you should not do this, because "
-"your changes will be overridden on upgrades."
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
+"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
+"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1568
msgid ""
-"If you want to use modified kiosk profiles, you can either copy existing "
-"ones and modify them or create new kiosk profiles in some directory (FIXME: "
-"suggest some proper dir here) and enable to use them in /etc/kde-user-profile"
+"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
+"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
+"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
+"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
+"folder."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid ""
-"If you don't want to use kioskmode, use <computeroutput>rm /etc/kderc </"
-"computeroutput>. (FIXME: Really delete that file completly???)"
+"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
+"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
+"computeroutput>. (FIXME: in which of the two?!)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1579
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modifcare il login screen di kdm"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4361,7 +4366,7 @@ msgstr ""
"default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
@@ -4370,7 +4375,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Sotto un esempio usato per attivare il tema nel pacchetto {{desktop-base}}}:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4382,7 +4387,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1587
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4391,12 +4396,12 @@ msgstr ""
"avere informazioni su come queste variabili vanno usate."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1598
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
@@ -4411,7 +4416,7 @@ msgstr ""
"documenting this if it does not work. pere 2007-07-12]."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1602
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch. "
@@ -4421,7 +4426,7 @@ msgstr ""
"[pere 2007-07-12]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -4430,7 +4435,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Funziona sia con konqueror che firefox."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1606
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -4444,7 +4449,7 @@ msgstr ""
"come root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:2060
+#: release-manual.xml:1616 release-manual.xml:1642 release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4457,7 +4462,7 @@ msgstr ""
"assicurare un download sicuro."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1617
+#: release-manual.xml:1620
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
@@ -4466,7 +4471,7 @@ msgstr ""
"root fare il download via webbrowser o con wget:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1618
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4476,7 +4481,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
msgid ""
"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
@@ -4484,7 +4489,7 @@ msgstr ""
"cosa occorre rimuoverlo:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -4494,12 +4499,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr "Poi installare"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1626
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4509,12 +4514,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -4522,7 +4527,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1634
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4530,12 +4535,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1650
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
#, fuzzy, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4545,17 +4550,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Altri plugin utili"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1660
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr "Dopo aver aggiunto il repository per il multimedia:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1661
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4565,12 +4570,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Far funzionare DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4581,7 +4586,7 @@ msgstr ""
"di usarla si può scaricare il pacchetto da debian-multimedia.org."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1658
+#: release-manual.xml:1671
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4590,7 +4595,7 @@ msgstr ""
"trovare un mirror, o aggiungere "
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4600,7 +4605,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4609,12 +4614,12 @@ msgstr ""
"multimedia (debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr "Installare multimedia e librerie dvd"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
+#: release-manual.xml:1678
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4624,17 +4629,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "HowTo per i client di rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1678
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Thin Clients vs workstation senza disco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1680
+#: release-manual.xml:1693
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4647,17 +4652,17 @@ msgstr ""
"DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation </ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1699
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP in dettaglio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1690
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692
+#: release-manual.xml:1705
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4672,7 +4677,7 @@ msgstr ""
"quali parametri si può specificare."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1709
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4685,7 +4690,7 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4694,7 +4699,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024 aggiungere qualcosa di questo genere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1716
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4710,12 +4715,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1709
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "in qualche posto sotto la sezione default."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -4724,7 +4729,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(premendo alt+ctrl+backspace) o riavviare il client."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4737,13 +4742,13 @@ msgstr ""
"conf </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
#, fuzzy
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "equilibrare il carico sui server LTSP"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4762,7 +4767,7 @@ msgstr ""
"includere la chiave ssh dell'host per ognuno dei server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -4771,12 +4776,12 @@ msgstr ""
"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 è stata inclusa nella 3.0r1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1749
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1738
+#: release-manual.xml:1751
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4785,28 +4790,28 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1740
+#: release-manual.xml:1753
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
#, fuzzy
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Connettere macchine windows alla rete / integrazione con windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Collegarsi al dominio"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4819,7 +4824,7 @@ msgstr ""
"degli utenti e autenticare gli utenti attraverso il login."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
@@ -4828,14 +4833,14 @@ msgstr ""
"richiesti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1758
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr "1. Creare un utente (se non esiste) come membro del gruppo \"admins\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1773
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4850,12 +4855,12 @@ msgstr ""
"collegarsi in quanto non c'è la password di root per Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Configurare i client Windows come host statici"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4877,7 +4882,7 @@ msgstr ""
"l'autenticazione al dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1784
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
@@ -4887,7 +4892,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(nome dell'host e configurazione ip)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
@@ -4896,13 +4901,13 @@ msgstr ""
"non troverà l'the host aggiunto nel passo 2."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
"4. Collegarsi al dominio normaalmente usando l'utente definito al passo 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4926,7 +4931,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dominio."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
@@ -4942,12 +4947,12 @@ msgstr ""
"\"Own files\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1796
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4958,7 +4963,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1802
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4968,12 +4973,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
@@ -4987,12 +4992,12 @@ msgstr ""
"rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1805
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Amministrare profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1807
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -5010,7 +5015,7 @@ msgstr ""
"attraverso il server."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -5027,7 +5032,7 @@ msgstr ""
"usano il profilo per scrivere dati."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -5040,7 +5045,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ascoltare dire loro di non lamentarsi se il loro login è molto lento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -5057,24 +5062,24 @@ msgstr ""
"rimuovere dal profilo dell'utente."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1819 release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1832 release-manual.xml:1915
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica per le macchine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
"si può modificare la policy della macchina e copiarla in altri computer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
"scegliere un computer con windows appena installato e esegui gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1824
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -5089,37 +5094,37 @@ msgstr ""
"linguaggio utilizzato. Esempi di directory da escludere sono"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
msgid "log"
msgstr "log"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Setting locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827 release-manual.xml:1830
+#: release-manual.xml:1840 release-manual.xml:1843
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "File temporanei internet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1828
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "Documenti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1842
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Application Data"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Salvare i cambiamenti e uscire dall'editor dei testi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1835
+#: release-manual.xml:1848
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
@@ -5128,7 +5133,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in tutte le altre macchine windows."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1850
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
@@ -5137,12 +5142,12 @@ msgstr ""
"durante l'installazione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845 release-manual.xml:1918 release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1858 release-manual.xml:1931 release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Usare una politica globale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1860
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5159,12 +5164,12 @@ msgstr ""
"qui... FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Modificare il registro di Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1867
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
@@ -5173,12 +5178,12 @@ msgstr ""
"chiave di registro sugli altri computer"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Esegui Registry Editor."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1870
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5187,19 +5192,19 @@ msgstr ""
"\\Windows NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
msgid ""
"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Usare il menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1881
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
@@ -5208,7 +5213,7 @@ msgstr ""
"(lo stesso per la politica delle macchine)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -5219,17 +5224,17 @@ msgstr ""
"doppio click su questo per modificare il registro delle altre macchine."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Sorgenti:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Redirigere parti di profilo"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -5243,7 +5248,7 @@ msgstr ""
"programmi non ben programmati usati nella rete."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1917
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
@@ -5257,7 +5262,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Documenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1906
+#: release-manual.xml:1919
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -5268,14 +5273,14 @@ msgstr ""
"si vuole utilizzare questa caratteristica si dovrebbe disabilitare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1921
msgid ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
@@ -5284,22 +5289,22 @@ msgstr ""
"Files"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr "FIXME"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Evitare i profili roaming"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Usare una policy locale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1945
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
@@ -5310,14 +5315,14 @@ msgstr ""
"esempio macchine dedicate, o macchine che dispongono di poca banda."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
"Si può usare il metodo della policy delle macchine descritta sopra, la "
"chiave si trova in"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1936
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
@@ -5326,17 +5331,17 @@ msgstr ""
"profiles"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1945
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr "FIXME: quale la chiave dei profili roaming per la politica global"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "modificare la configurazione samba"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -5351,7 +5356,7 @@ msgstr ""
"path e logon home, poi riavviare samba."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5363,12 +5368,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Desktop remoti con RDP, VNC, NX o Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -5379,7 +5384,7 @@ msgstr ""
"che hanno Windows, Mac o Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:1981
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5388,7 +5393,7 @@ msgstr ""
"installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
@@ -5397,7 +5402,7 @@ msgstr ""
"occorre installare il pacchetto <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -5410,7 +5415,7 @@ msgstr ""
"detto che questa soluzione è stabile."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
@@ -5419,17 +5424,17 @@ msgstr ""
"client HowTo </ulink> per accedere a Windows terminal server da Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "HowTo per insegnare e imparare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
msgid "moodle"
msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2011
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
@@ -5438,7 +5443,7 @@ msgstr ""
"per installare moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2014
+#: release-manual.xml:2027
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
@@ -5447,12 +5452,12 @@ msgstr ""
"crediti. FIXME: più esempi, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Monitorare gli allievi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -5461,7 +5466,7 @@ msgstr ""
"monitorare i loro studenti. FIXME: spiegare come installarlo e usarlo."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2024
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -5471,7 +5476,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
@@ -5481,12 +5486,12 @@ msgstr ""
"giurisdizione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2037
+#: release-manual.xml:2050
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr "Limitare agli allievi l'accesso alla rete"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
@@ -5495,7 +5500,7 @@ msgstr ""
"internet. FIXME: spiegare come si installa e si usa."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2058
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -5506,12 +5511,12 @@ msgstr ""
"etico o illegale nella giurisdizione."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "Installare swi-prolog in etch"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2053
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -5522,7 +5527,7 @@ msgstr ""
"un sistema etch."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2065
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5542,7 +5547,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2086
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5551,7 +5556,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
@@ -5562,22 +5567,22 @@ msgstr ""
"interessante"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2097
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Contribuire"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "Facci sapere che esisti"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2104
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -5589,7 +5594,7 @@ msgstr ""
"molto ed è già un modo concreto per contribuire. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2115
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5606,12 +5611,12 @@ msgstr ""
"questa scheda</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Contribuire localmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -5622,7 +5627,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Grecia, Olanda, Giappone e nel resto del mondo."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2138
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -5633,12 +5638,12 @@ msgstr ""
"e<emphasis>supportare </emphasis> sono le due facce della stessa medaglia."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Contribuire globalmente"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2147
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
@@ -5648,7 +5653,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ambiti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
@@ -5661,7 +5666,7 @@ msgstr ""
"frequentemente in incontri in presenza dove ci incontriamo di persona."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
@@ -5672,12 +5677,12 @@ msgstr ""
"mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>commit</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2159
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Documentazione per autori e traduttori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -5690,7 +5695,7 @@ msgstr ""
"conoscenza con noi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2150
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -5707,7 +5712,7 @@ msgstr ""
"no/UserPreferences'>crea un nuovo utente wiki </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -5721,7 +5726,7 @@ msgstr ""
"libro!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -5738,23 +5743,23 @@ msgstr ""
"trasferiremo il documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Supporto basato sui volontari"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
#, fuzzy
msgid "in English"
msgstr "in inglese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -5765,7 +5770,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -5776,13 +5781,13 @@ msgstr ""
"accade <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "in norvegese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
@@ -5793,7 +5798,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
@@ -5806,19 +5811,19 @@ msgstr ""
"in Norvegia (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2209
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel per aiutare utenti norvegesi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2215
+#: release-manual.xml:2228
#, fuzzy
msgid "in German"
msgstr "in tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
@@ -5827,7 +5832,7 @@ msgstr ""
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - mailing list di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
@@ -5836,20 +5841,20 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2237
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
"#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC canale per supportare gli utenti "
"tedeschi"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2243
#, fuzzy
msgid "in French"
msgstr "in francese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
@@ -5858,13 +5863,13 @@ msgstr ""
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - mailinglist di supporto"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
#, fuzzy
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "in inglese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2255
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
@@ -5874,12 +5879,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki con molti HowTo, etc."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2264
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Supporto professionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
@@ -5890,12 +5895,12 @@ msgstr ""
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
@@ -5909,7 +5914,7 @@ msgstr ""
"divertimento!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
@@ -5921,12 +5926,12 @@ msgstr ""
"inserisci il tuo nome qui e rilascialo sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Copyright di traduzione e autori"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5935,7 +5940,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5944,7 +5949,7 @@ msgstr ""
"copyright 2007, sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
@@ -5955,7 +5960,7 @@ msgstr ""
"successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2278
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
@@ -5964,12 +5969,12 @@ msgstr ""
"sotto licenza GPL2 o successiva."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2296
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Traduzioni di questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2298
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
@@ -5978,12 +5983,12 @@ msgstr ""
"Esistono traduzione incomplete di Norvegese Bokmål, Spagnolo e Tedesco."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Come tradurre questo documento"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
@@ -5998,7 +6003,7 @@ msgstr ""
"iniziare a tradurre questo documento."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -6013,7 +6018,7 @@ msgstr ""
"debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2298
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -6025,7 +6030,7 @@ msgstr ""
"pacchetto <computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> istallato):"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -6034,7 +6039,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -6047,7 +6052,7 @@ msgstr ""
"suggeriamo di usare <computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
@@ -6056,20 +6061,20 @@ msgstr ""
"rights to do so) o mandare il file alla mailinglist."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
#, fuzzy
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Scrivere <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2321
+#: release-manual.xml:2334
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -6080,23 +6085,23 @@ msgstr ""
"esiste ancora uno o come aggiornare le traduzioni presenti."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2323
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Riporta qualsiasi tipo di problema."
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -6109,7 +6114,7 @@ msgstr ""
"owners."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -6122,7 +6127,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any later version."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -6135,7 +6140,7 @@ msgstr ""
"more details."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -6146,17 +6151,17 @@ msgstr ""
"Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2350
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr "Version 2, June 1991"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2367
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -6169,12 +6174,12 @@ msgstr ""
"allowed."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2361
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -6197,7 +6202,7 @@ msgstr ""
"term \"modification\".) Each licensee is addressed as \"you\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -6214,7 +6219,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Program does."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -6233,7 +6238,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2369
+#: release-manual.xml:2382
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
@@ -6242,7 +6247,7 @@ msgstr ""
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -6255,7 +6260,7 @@ msgstr ""
"of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -6266,7 +6271,7 @@ msgstr ""
"any change."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -6279,7 +6284,7 @@ msgstr ""
"all third parties under the terms of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2380
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -6304,7 +6309,7 @@ msgstr ""
"print an announcement.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2385
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6327,7 +6332,7 @@ msgstr ""
"and every part regardless of who wrote it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6340,7 +6345,7 @@ msgstr ""
"based on the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2402
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6353,7 +6358,7 @@ msgstr ""
"License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2404
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6366,7 +6371,7 @@ msgstr ""
"also do one of the following:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2394
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6379,7 +6384,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2397
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6396,7 +6401,7 @@ msgstr ""
"software interchange; or,"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2413
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6411,7 +6416,7 @@ msgstr ""
"in accord with Subsection b above.)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6434,7 +6439,7 @@ msgstr ""
"component itself accompanies the executable."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6449,7 +6454,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the object code."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2422
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6468,7 +6473,7 @@ msgstr ""
"as such parties remain in full compliance."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6489,7 +6494,7 @@ msgstr ""
"or works based on it."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2415
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6508,7 +6513,7 @@ msgstr ""
"this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6537,7 +6542,7 @@ msgstr ""
"distribution of the Program."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2434
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6548,7 +6553,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2423
+#: release-manual.xml:2436
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6571,7 +6576,7 @@ msgstr ""
"licensee cannot impose that choice."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
@@ -6580,7 +6585,7 @@ msgstr ""
"consequence of the rest of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6599,7 +6604,7 @@ msgstr ""
"the limitation as if written in the body of this License."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2443
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6612,7 +6617,7 @@ msgstr ""
"version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2446
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6631,7 +6636,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Foundation."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6652,12 +6657,12 @@ msgstr ""
"generally."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6680,7 +6685,7 @@ msgstr ""
"COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6703,42 +6708,42 @@ msgstr ""
"OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2450
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Appendice B - Debian Edu Live CD/DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2473
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "caratteristiche dell'immagine Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2461
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti del profilo Standalone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2462
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Tutti i pacchetti per il laptop"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "Il profilo desktop KDE per studenti/allievi."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Attivare traduzioni e il supporto regionale"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6758,122 +6763,122 @@ msgstr ""
"Segue l'elenco dei codici locali più usati:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Linguaggio (Regione)</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Valore locale </emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2483
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Layout di tastiera</emphasis>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norvegese Bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2491
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494 release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2507 release-manual.xml:2517
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norvegese Nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tedesco"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Francese (Francia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2528
+#: release-manual.xml:2541
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Greco (Grecia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2538
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japanese"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2544
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Northern Sami (Norvegia)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2551
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
@@ -6886,33 +6891,33 @@ msgstr ""
"della tastiera si trova in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Accorgimenti da conoscere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
"la password per gli utenti è \"user\", root non ha una password selezionata."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Problemi noti con l'immagine"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2575
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ancora niente di conosciuto."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2581
+#: release-manual.xml:2594
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Download"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2583
+#: release-manual.xml:2596
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
index 656490c..36edbe8 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.nb.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: release-manual\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-01 2:07+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-03 9:26+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-12-03 00:25+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Håvard Korsvoll <korsvoll at skulelinux.no>\n"
"Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-no at lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 utgivelsesmanual"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2349
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr "Manual for utgivelsen av Debian Edu etch 3.0 kodenavn \"Terra\""
@@ -36,9 +36,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:8
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </"
-"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-01</computeroutput>."
+"computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-03</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Dette dokumentet ble plassert i pakken <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</"
"computeroutput> på tidspunktet <computeroutput>2007-12-01</computeroutput>."
@@ -764,7 +765,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:166
-msgid "- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
+msgid ""
+"- access to home directories (*~/.)? - home directories - shared directories?"
msgstr "- tilgang til hjemmeområder (*~/.)? - hjemmeområder - delte områder?"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
@@ -1267,8 +1269,8 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2075
-#: release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2123 release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
@@ -1649,7 +1651,8 @@ msgstr "Velg en tidsone"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:471
msgid "Choose a keyboard keymap (usually the countrys default is fine)"
-msgstr "Velg et tastaturoppsett (vanligvis er standardoppsettet for landet ditt bra)"
+msgstr ""
+"Velg et tastaturoppsett (vanligvis er standardoppsettet for landet ditt bra)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:473
@@ -1756,7 +1759,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:492
-msgid "say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
+msgid ""
+"say yes to automatic partioning, it will destroy the data on the harddrives!"
msgstr ""
"si ja til automatisk partisjonering, det vil ødelegge alle data på "
"harddiskene!"
@@ -1789,7 +1793,8 @@ msgstr "vær glad"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:506
-msgid "FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
+msgid ""
+"FIXME: this section needs a link to diskless workstation installation howto."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
@@ -1885,7 +1890,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:542
-msgid "Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
+msgid ""
+"Screenshot tour through an i386 main-server + thin-client-server installation"
msgstr ""
"Skjermbilder fra en installasjon av hovedtjener + tynnklienttjener på en "
"i386-maskin."
@@ -2007,7 +2013,9 @@ msgstr "legge til brukere"
msgid ""
"it's advised to add the workstations to the dhcpd-config - LTSP-servers must "
"be added."
-msgstr "det er anbefalt å legge arbeidstasjoner til dhcpd-oppsettet - LTSP-tjenere må legges til."
+msgstr ""
+"det er anbefalt å legge arbeidstasjoner til dhcpd-oppsettet - LTSP-tjenere "
+"må legges til."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:648
@@ -2135,7 +2143,8 @@ msgstr "admin]]"
msgid ""
"and the password is the password you entered during the installation for the "
"root account."
-msgstr "og passordet er passordet du skrev inn under installasjonen for root-kontoen."
+msgstr ""
+"og passordet er passordet du skrev inn under installasjonen for root-kontoen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:688
@@ -2518,8 +2527,9 @@ msgstr "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000
-#: release-manual.xml:1599 release-manual.xml:1610 release-manual.xml:1728
-#: release-manual.xml:2028 release-manual.xml:2042 release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:1602 release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:1639
+#: release-manual.xml:1741 release-manual.xml:2041 release-manual.xml:2055
+#: release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
@@ -3073,7 +3083,8 @@ msgstr "Oppgraderinger fra Debian Edu sarge"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1083
-msgid "Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
+msgid ""
+"Please read this chapter completly before you start upgrading your systems."
msgstr ""
"Vær snill og les hele dette kapittelet før du starter å oppgradere systemet "
"ditt."
@@ -3121,7 +3132,8 @@ msgstr "vg_data som holder datapartisjoner som /skole/tjener/home0, ..."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1096
msgid "vg_system contains System Partitions as /var, /usr /var/spool/squid"
-msgstr "vg_system inneholder systempartisjoner som /var, /usr, /var/spool/squid"
+msgstr ""
+"vg_system inneholder systempartisjoner som /var, /usr, /var/spool/squid"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1099
@@ -3380,7 +3392,8 @@ msgstr "Endre pompt til: <emphasis>ldaps://ldap/</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1188
-msgid "Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
+msgid ""
+"Change the prompt to: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no </emphasis>"
msgstr "Endre promptet til: <emphasis>dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
@@ -3581,8 +3594,10 @@ msgstr "aptitude remove courier-ldap]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1250
-msgid "and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
-msgstr "og vente til den blir ferdig. Så kan du starte dist-upgrade prosessen igjen."
+msgid ""
+"and wait until it is finished.Then restart the dist-upgrade process again."
+msgstr ""
+"og vente til den blir ferdig. Så kan du starte dist-upgrade prosessen igjen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1252
@@ -3707,7 +3722,8 @@ msgstr "Veiledning"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1295
-msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
+msgid ""
+"HowTos for <link linkend=\"Administration\">general administriation</link>"
msgstr ""
"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Administration\">generell administrasjon</"
"link>"
@@ -3720,7 +3736,8 @@ msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"Desktop\">skrivebordet</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1301
msgid "HowTos for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">networked clients</link>"
-msgstr "Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"Veiledninger for <link linkend=\"NetworkClients\">nettverksklienter</link>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1304
@@ -3749,8 +3766,10 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
#: release-manual.xml:1319
-msgid "Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
-msgstr "Installere egne maskiner for enkelte tjenster for å avlaste hovetjeneren"
+msgid ""
+"Installing single service machines for spreading the load from main-server"
+msgstr ""
+"Installere egne maskiner for enkelte tjenster for å avlaste hovetjeneren"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1320
@@ -3861,7 +3880,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1358
msgid "To see the list of changes done in /etc/, use this command:"
-msgstr "For å se listen over endringer som er gjort i /etc/, bruk denne kommandoen:"
+msgstr ""
+"For å se listen over endringer som er gjort i /etc/, bruk denne kommandoen:"
# type: CDATA
#: release-manual.xml:1361
@@ -3910,7 +3930,8 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1376
-msgid "To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
+msgid ""
+"To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:"
msgstr "For å melde inn en fil manuelt, fordi du ikke vil vente en time:"
# type: CDATA
@@ -4242,12 +4263,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1998 release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr "Veiledninger fra wiki.debian.org"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1987 release-manual.xml:2085
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:2000 release-manual.xml:2098
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ </ulink> are either user- or developer-"
@@ -4277,26 +4298,32 @@ msgstr "To standardprofiler er inkludert:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1550
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>students kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for "
-"members of the students file group)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>studenters kde-profil</emphasis> (slått på for medlemmer av filgruppen students)"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
+"of the students file group)"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>studenters kde-profil</emphasis> (slått på for "
+"medlemmer av filgruppen students)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1552
-msgid "customizes the students desktop with choosen icons for installed programs"
-msgstr "tilpasser studentenes skrivebord med de valgte ikoner for installerte program"
+msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1553
msgid ""
"makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the "
"kde panel"
-msgstr "sørger for at programmene bak skrivebordsikonene også dukker opp i kde-panelet"
+msgstr ""
+"sørger for at programmene bak skrivebordsikonene også dukker opp i kde-"
+"panelet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1554
-msgid "adept is not started during login"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr "adept blir ikke startet ved innlogging"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -4311,49 +4338,64 @@ msgstr "hindrer muligheten for at studenter kan få root-tilgang"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1559
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>root kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>root kde-profil</emphasis> (tilgjengelig for root og medlemmer av filgruppen admins)"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>root kde-profil</emphasis> (tilgjengelig for root og "
+"medlemmer av filgruppen admins)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1561
msgid ""
"adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide "
"easy access to all the administration programs"
-msgstr "legger til et skrivebordsikon for å kople til den lokale nettjeneren på tjener for å sørge for enkel tilgang til alle administrasjonsprogrammer."
+msgstr ""
+"legger til et skrivebordsikon for å kople til den lokale nettjeneren på "
+"tjener for å sørge for enkel tilgang til alle administrasjonsprogrammer."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1564
+#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: even if you can modify them using "
-"<computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>, you should not do this, because "
-"your changes will be overridden on upgrades."
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Kommentar:</emphasis> selv om du kan tilpasse dem ved bruk av <computeroutput>kiosktool</computeroutput>, så bør du ikke gjøre dette fordi endringene dine blir overskrevet ved neste oppgradering."
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
+"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
+"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Kommentar:</emphasis> selv om du kan tilpasse dem "
+"ved bruk av <computeroutput>kiosktool</computeroutput>, så bør du ikke gjøre "
+"dette fordi endringene dine blir overskrevet ved neste oppgradering."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1568
msgid ""
-"If you want to use modified kiosk profiles, you can either copy existing "
-"ones and modify them or create new kiosk profiles in some directory (FIXME: "
-"suggest some proper dir here) and enable to use them in /etc/kde-user-profile"
-msgstr "Viss du vil tilpasse kiosk-profiler, kan du enten kopiere de eksisterende og endre dem, eller du kan lage nye kiosk-profiler i en eller annen mappe og pek til disse i /etc/kde-user-profile"
+"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
+"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
+"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
+"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
+"folder."
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
-"If you don't want to use kioskmode, use <computeroutput>rm /etc/kderc </"
-"computeroutput>. (FIXME: Really delete that file completly???)"
-msgstr "Viss du ikke vil bruke kioskmode, bruk <computeroutput>rm /etc/kderc</computeroutput>."
+"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
+"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </"
+"computeroutput>. (FIXME: in which of the two?!)"
+msgstr ""
+"Viss du ikke vil bruke kioskmode, bruk <computeroutput>rm /etc/kderc</"
+"computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1579
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr "Modifisere innloggingskjermen kdm"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ </"
@@ -4364,14 +4406,16 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput> som oppgir variabler som overstyrer standardvariablene."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
-msgstr "Her er et eksempel som aktiverer temaet i <computeroutput>desktop-base</computeroutput>-pakken:"
+msgstr ""
+"Her er et eksempel som aktiverer temaet i <computeroutput>desktop-base</"
+"computeroutput>-pakken:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -4383,7 +4427,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1587
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
@@ -4392,28 +4436,34 @@ msgstr ""
"informasjon om hvordan disse variablene blir brukt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid "Flash"
msgstr "Flash"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1598
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
"requires a working Internet connection and will download the precompiled "
"binary from Adobe."
-msgstr "For å installere nettlsersinnstikket for Adobe Flash Player kan du installere debianpakken <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</computeroutput>. Den krever en fungerende internettforbindelse og den vil laste ned en forhåndskompilert binærfil fra Adobe."
+msgstr ""
+"For å installere nettlsersinnstikket for Adobe Flash Player kan du "
+"installere debianpakken <computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree</"
+"computeroutput>. Den krever en fungerende internettforbindelse og den vil "
+"laste ned en forhåndskompilert binærfil fra Adobe."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1602
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in Etch. "
"This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]"
-msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> versjon 9.0.31.0.1 av pakken fungerer ikke i Etch. Dette er forventet å bli fikset i nær fremtid. [2007-11-30]"
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> versjon 9.0.31.0.1 av pakken fungerer ikke i Etch. "
+"Dette er forventet å bli fikset i nær fremtid. [2007-11-30]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
@@ -4422,7 +4472,7 @@ msgstr ""
"fungerer både med konqueror og firefox."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1606
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-"
@@ -4436,7 +4486,7 @@ msgstr ""
"som root."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:2060
+#: release-manual.xml:1616 release-manual.xml:1642 release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -4449,7 +4499,7 @@ msgstr ""
"signert for å sikre en tillitsti."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1617
+#: release-manual.xml:1620
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
@@ -4458,7 +4508,7 @@ msgstr ""
"hjelp av nettlesaren eller wget:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1618
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4468,14 +4518,15 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
-msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
+msgid ""
+"If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
"Viss du tidligere har installert flashplayer-mozilla, så må du fjerne denne "
"først:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -4485,12 +4536,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr "Så installere:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1626
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4500,20 +4551,23 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr "Lyd med Flash på tynnklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
"server. To do it, login as root in the server:"
-msgstr "Viss lyden ikke er bra å tynnklienter når man surfer på enkelte nettsider (som youtube.com), så kan det løses ved å installere en pakke på tynnklienttjeneren. For å gjøre det, så logg inn som root på tjeneren:"
+msgstr ""
+"Viss lyden ikke er bra å tynnklienter når man surfer på enkelte nettsider "
+"(som youtube.com), så kan det løses ved å installere en pakke på "
+"tynnklienttjeneren. For å gjøre det, så logg inn som root på tjeneren:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1634
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4523,12 +4577,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1650
msgid "Then:"
msgstr "Så:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -4538,17 +4592,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr "Andre nyttige programtillegg"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1660
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr "Etter å ha lagt til multimediaarkivet:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1661
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -4558,12 +4612,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr "Avspilling av DVD"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -4574,7 +4628,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dette, så kan du bruke pakker fra debian-multimedia.org."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1658
+#: release-manual.xml:1671
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
@@ -4583,7 +4637,7 @@ msgstr ""
"et nettarkiv, eller du kan legge til"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -4593,7 +4647,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia (debian-"
"multimedia-keyring)."
@@ -4602,12 +4656,12 @@ msgstr ""
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr "Installere multimedia- og dvd-bibliotek"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
+#: release-manual.xml:1678
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -4617,17 +4671,17 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr "Veiledninger for nettverksklienter"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1678
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr "Tynnklienter vs halvtykke arbeidstasjoner"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1680
+#: release-manual.xml:1693
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless "
"workstations / lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -4640,17 +4694,17 @@ msgstr ""
"LtspDisklessWorkstation</ulink>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1699
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr "LTSP i detalj"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1690
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr "lts.conf"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692
+#: release-manual.xml:1705
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf </"
@@ -4665,7 +4719,7 @@ msgstr ""
"oppgi."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1709
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] </"
"computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -4678,7 +4732,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<computeroutput>[192.168.0.10]</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
@@ -4687,7 +4741,7 @@ msgstr ""
"1280x1024, så legg til noe slikt som dette:"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1716
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -4703,12 +4757,12 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1709
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr "et sted nedenfor standardinnstillingene."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
@@ -4717,7 +4771,7 @@ msgstr ""
"X på klienten (ved å trykke alt+ctrl+rettetast) eller restarte klienten."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -4730,12 +4784,12 @@ msgstr ""
"computeroutput>-fila."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr "lastbalanserte LTSP-tjenere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -4754,7 +4808,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ssh-nøkkelen for hver enkelt tjener."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version 0.99debian12+0.0."
"edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
@@ -4763,12 +4817,12 @@ msgstr ""
"+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1749
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr "Lyd med LTSP-klienter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1738
+#: release-manual.xml:1751
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -4781,27 +4835,27 @@ msgstr ""
"linjen:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1740
+#: release-manual.xml:1753
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr "legges til tjeneren i filen /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr "Koble windowsmaskiner til nettverket / integrering av windows"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr "Bli med i domenet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -4814,14 +4868,14 @@ msgstr ""
"autentisere brukere under innlogging."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr "For å melde windowsklienter inn i domenet må noen (få) steg utføres:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1758
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
@@ -4830,7 +4884,7 @@ msgstr ""
"eksisterer)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1773
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -4845,12 +4899,12 @@ msgstr ""
"fungere, fordi det er ingen passord for root i Samba."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr "2. Sette opp windowsklienten som en statisk vert"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -4860,29 +4914,43 @@ msgid ""
"lwat>). When adding the static host configuration it is important to check "
"the \"Samba host\" option, otherwise will lack the required data to be able "
"to join the domain."
-msgstr "Når man blir med i et sambadomene, så blir noe spesialdata lagret på domenetjeneren (tjener). Denne dataen er nødvendig for å gjenkjenne windowsklienten senere for å kunne autentisere brukere. For å gjøre det mulig for Samba å lagre denne dataen, så trenger Samba et oppsett med statiske verter. Dette kan gjøres ved å bruke webgrensesnittet LWAT (se også <lenke til lwat>). Når man legger til statiske verter er det viktig å bruke \"Samba host\"-valget. Ellers vil den mangle data som trengs for å bli med i domenet."
+msgstr ""
+"Når man blir med i et sambadomene, så blir noe spesialdata lagret på "
+"domenetjeneren (tjener). Denne dataen er nødvendig for å gjenkjenne "
+"windowsklienten senere for å kunne autentisere brukere. For å gjøre det "
+"mulig for Samba å lagre denne dataen, så trenger Samba et oppsett med "
+"statiske verter. Dette kan gjøres ved å bruke webgrensesnittet LWAT (se også "
+"<lenke til lwat>). Når man legger til statiske verter er det viktig å "
+"bruke \"Samba host\"-valget. Ellers vil den mangle data som trengs for å bli "
+"med i domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1784
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
-msgstr "3. Sørg for at nettverks og systemoppsettet på windowsklienten passer til dataen som er lagret på tjener (vertsnavn og ip-oppsett)"
+msgstr ""
+"3. Sørg for at nettverks og systemoppsettet på windowsklienten passer til "
+"dataen som er lagret på tjener (vertsnavn og ip-oppsett)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
-msgstr "Det er veldig viktig at windowsklienten har de samme data ellers vil ikke Samba finne klare å finne klienten som ble lagt til i steg 2."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er veldig viktig at windowsklienten har de samme data ellers vil ikke "
+"Samba finne klare å finne klienten som ble lagt til i steg 2."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
-msgstr "4. Bli medlem av domenet som vanlig ved å bruke brukeren som ble lagt til i steg 1."
+msgstr ""
+"4. Bli medlem av domenet som vanlig ved å bruke brukeren som ble lagt til i "
+"steg 1."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -4893,25 +4961,39 @@ msgid ""
"created in step 1. can be entered. After some time the Windows client opens "
"a popup window with a welcome message. After the obligatory reboot the "
"loginscreen offers a option to login into the domain."
-msgstr "Avhengig av versjonen og språket på windowsinstallasjonen din, så skal du finne oppsettet for domenet eller workgroup for systemet en plass i systeminnstillinger. Et nyinstallert windowssystem pleier å høre til default workgroup. Du kan bli medlem av domenet ved å velge \"Domain\" istedet for \"Workgroup\" og skrive inn SKOLELINUX som det nye domenet. Ved å trykke på enter vil det åpnes et nytt vindu. Der kan du skrive inn innloggingsdata for brukeren du lagde i steg 1. Etter litt tid vil windowsklienten åpne et vindu med en velkomsthilsen. Etter den obligatoriske omstarten vil innloggingskjermen tilby å logge inn på domenet."
+msgstr ""
+"Avhengig av versjonen og språket på windowsinstallasjonen din, så skal du "
+"finne oppsettet for domenet eller workgroup for systemet en plass i "
+"systeminnstillinger. Et nyinstallert windowssystem pleier å høre til default "
+"workgroup. Du kan bli medlem av domenet ved å velge \"Domain\" istedet for "
+"\"Workgroup\" og skrive inn SKOLELINUX som det nye domenet. Ved å trykke på "
+"enter vil det åpnes et nytt vindu. Der kan du skrive inn innloggingsdata for "
+"brukeren du lagde i steg 1. Etter litt tid vil windowsklienten åpne et vindu "
+"med en velkomsthilsen. Etter den obligatoriske omstarten vil "
+"innloggingskjermen tilby å logge inn på domenet."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and logout. "
"Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take some time. "
"To minimize the time needed, one should deactivate things like local cache "
"in browsers (you could use the squid proxycache installed on tjener instead) "
"and save file into the H: volume instead of \"Own files\"."
-msgstr "Windows vil synkronisere profilen til domenebrukeren på hver innlogging og utlogging. Avhengig av hvor mye data som er lagret i profilen, kan dette ta lang tid. For å minimere tiden, kan en slå av ting som lokalt mellomlager i nettlesere (du bruker proxymellomlageret squid på tjener uansett) og lagre filer på H:-stasjonen i staden for \"Egne filer\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Windows vil synkronisere profilen til domenebrukeren på hver innlogging og "
+"utlogging. Avhengig av hvor mye data som er lagret i profilen, kan dette ta "
+"lang tid. For å minimere tiden, kan en slå av ting som lokalt mellomlager i "
+"nettlesere (du bruker proxymellomlageret squid på tjener uansett) og lagre "
+"filer på H:-stasjonen i staden for \"Egne filer\"."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1796
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr "Brukergrupper i Windows"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -4919,10 +5001,16 @@ msgid ""
"actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba "
"will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be group "
"aware."
-msgstr "Gruppekart må også legges til for alle andre grupper du legger til gjennom <computeroutput>lwat</computeroutput>. Viss du vil at brukergruppene skal være tilgjengelig i Windows, f.eks. for netlogon-skript eller andre gruppeavhengige aktiviteter, kan du legge dem til med variasjoner av den følgende kommandoen. Samba vil fungere uten disse gruppekartene, men windowsmaskiner vil ikke være klar over grupper."
+msgstr ""
+"Gruppekart må også legges til for alle andre grupper du legger til gjennom "
+"<computeroutput>lwat</computeroutput>. Viss du vil at brukergruppene skal "
+"være tilgjengelig i Windows, f.eks. for netlogon-skript eller andre "
+"gruppeavhengige aktiviteter, kan du legge dem til med variasjoner av den "
+"følgende kommandoen. Samba vil fungere uten disse gruppekartene, men "
+"windowsmaskiner vil ikke være klar over grupper."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1802
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -4936,26 +5024,30 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid "XP home"
msgstr "XP home"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to SKOLELINUX. "
"However, they may need to disable the windows firewall before Tjener will "
"appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever its called now)."
-msgstr "Brukere som tar med sin egen bærbare XP home-maskin, kan fortsatt koble til tjener med sitt skolelinux brukernavn og passord sålenge workgroup settes til SKOLELINUX. Men de må kanskje slå av brannmuren i windows før tjener vil dukke opp i Nettverksnabolaget (eller hva det nå kalles)."
+msgstr ""
+"Brukere som tar med sin egen bærbare XP home-maskin, kan fortsatt koble til "
+"tjener med sitt skolelinux brukernavn og passord sålenge workgroup settes "
+"til SKOLELINUX. Men de må kanskje slå av brannmuren i windows før tjener vil "
+"dukke opp i Nettverksnabolaget (eller hva det nå kalles)."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1805
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr "Håndtere roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1807
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4963,10 +5055,16 @@ msgid ""
"application configurations and network and printer connections. Roaming "
"profiles are available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is "
"available."
-msgstr "Roaming-profiler inneholder brukeres arbeidsmiljø. Noe som inkluderer skrivebordselement og innstillinger. Noen eksempel på disse elementene er personlige filer, skrivebordsikoner, skjermfarger, musinnstillinger, vindusstørrelser og plassering, innstillinger for program og nettverks og skrivertilkoblinger. Roaming-profiler er tilgjengelig fra hvor som helst der brukeren logger på, så lenge tjeneren er tilgjengelig."
+msgstr ""
+"Roaming-profiler inneholder brukeres arbeidsmiljø. Noe som inkluderer "
+"skrivebordselement og innstillinger. Noen eksempel på disse elementene er "
+"personlige filer, skrivebordsikoner, skjermfarger, musinnstillinger, "
+"vindusstørrelser og plassering, innstillinger for program og nettverks og "
+"skrivertilkoblinger. Roaming-profiler er tilgjengelig fra hvor som helst der "
+"brukeren logger på, så lenge tjeneren er tilgjengelig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4974,19 +5072,30 @@ msgid ""
"but the most common problems is that users save their files on the windows "
"desktop or in my documents instead of in their homedir. Also some badly "
"designed programs use the profile for scratch space, and other data."
-msgstr "Siden profilen blir kopiert fra tjeneren til maskinen under innlogging og kopiert tilbake ved utlogging, kan en stor profil gjøre innlogging og utlogging svært tregt. Det kan være flere grunner for en stor profil, men det mest vanlige problemet er at brukere lagrer sine filer i vinduer på skrivebordet eller i Mine Dokumenter istedenfor på hjemmeområdet sitt. Det er også noen dårlig designet programmer som lagrer arbeidsdata i profilen, og andre data."
+msgstr ""
+"Siden profilen blir kopiert fra tjeneren til maskinen under innlogging og "
+"kopiert tilbake ved utlogging, kan en stor profil gjøre innlogging og "
+"utlogging svært tregt. Det kan være flere grunner for en stor profil, men "
+"det mest vanlige problemet er at brukere lagrer sine filer i vinduer på "
+"skrivebordet eller i Mine Dokumenter istedenfor på hjemmeområdet sitt. Det "
+"er også noen dårlig designet programmer som lagrer arbeidsdata i profilen, "
+"og andre data."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
"not to store huge files on the desktop and if they fail to listen it's their "
"own fault when login is slow."
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Den pedagogiske fremgangsmåten</emphasis> En måte å håndtere for store profiler er å forklare problemet for brukerne. Fortelle dem at de ikke må lagre store filer på skrivebordet, og viss de ikke hører etter, så er det deres egen feil at innlogging går tregt."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Den pedagogiske fremgangsmåten</emphasis> En måte å "
+"håndtere for store profiler er å forklare problemet for brukerne. Fortelle "
+"dem at de ikke må lagre store filer på skrivebordet, og viss de ikke hører "
+"etter, så er det deres egen feil at innlogging går tregt."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4994,85 +5103,102 @@ msgid ""
"the administrator, while adding the complexity of the installation. There "
"are atlest three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming "
"profile."
-msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Justere profilen</emphasis> En annen fremgangsmåte er å håndtere problemet ved å fjerner deler av profilen og omadressere til ordinære lagringsplasser. Dette flytter arbeidsmengden fra brukeren til administratoren, i tillegg til å legge til kompleksitet i installasjonen. Det er minst tre måter å redigere delene som kan fjernes fra roaming-profilen."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Justere profilen</emphasis> En annen fremgangsmåte "
+"er å håndtere problemet ved å fjerner deler av profilen og omadressere til "
+"ordinære lagringsplasser. Dette flytter arbeidsmengden fra brukeren til "
+"administratoren, i tillegg til å legge til kompleksitet i installasjonen. "
+"Det er minst tre måter å redigere delene som kan fjernes fra roaming-"
+"profilen."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1819 release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1832 release-manual.xml:1915
#, fuzzy
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr "Bruk av maskinregler (policies)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
-msgstr "du kan redigere regler for maskiner og kopiere de til alle andre maskiner."
+msgstr ""
+"du kan redigere regler for maskiner og kopiere de til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr "bruk en nyinstallert windowsmaskin og kjør gpedit.msc"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1824
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
"semicolon separated string of directories to exclude from the profile, the "
"directories are internationalize and must be written in your own language "
"the way they are in the profile. Example of directories to exclude are"
-msgstr "under valget Brukerinnstillinger -> Administrative verktøy -> System -> Brukerprofiler -> Ekskluder kataloger i roaming profil, kan du skrive inn en semikolonbasert liste med kataloger som skal ekskluderes fra profilen. Katalogene er internasjonaliserte, så du må skrive inn navnet på installasjonspråket slik de er i profilen. Eksempel på kataloger som kan ekskluderes er"
+msgstr ""
+"under valget Brukerinnstillinger -> Administrative verktøy -> System -> "
+"Brukerprofiler -> Ekskluder kataloger i roaming profil, kan du skrive inn en "
+"semikolonbasert liste med kataloger som skal ekskluderes fra profilen. "
+"Katalogene er internasjonaliserte, så du må skrive inn navnet på "
+"installasjonspråket slik de er i profilen. Eksempel på kataloger som kan "
+"ekskluderes er"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
msgid "log"
msgstr "log / logg"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr "Locale setting / Lokale innstillinger"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827 release-manual.xml:1830
+#: release-manual.xml:1840 release-manual.xml:1843
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr "Temporary Internet Files / Midlertidige Internettfiler"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1828
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr "My Documents / Mine Dokumenter"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1842
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr "Applications Data / Applikasjonsdata"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr "Lagre endringer, og forlat editoren."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1835
+#: release-manual.xml:1848
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
-msgstr "Kopier <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy</computeroutput> til alle andre maskiner."
+msgstr ""
+"Kopier <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy</computeroutput> "
+"til alle andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1850
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
-msgstr "Det er en god idé å kopiere den til utrullingsystemet ditt for å inkludere den ved nye installasjoner."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er en god idé å kopiere den til utrullingsystemet ditt for å inkludere "
+"den ved nye installasjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845 release-manual.xml:1918 release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1858 release-manual.xml:1931 release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr "Bruk av globale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1860
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. "
@@ -5080,27 +5206,35 @@ msgid ""
"But is unfortunatly not as easy as it sounds. And you can quite easily lock "
"yourself out of your windows machines. If you have experience with this "
"please elaborate here... FIXME"
-msgstr "Ved å bruke windows sin regeleditor (poledit.exe) kan du lage en regelfil (NTConfig.pol) og legge den i netlogon området på tjener. Dette har fordelen av at det vil fungere nesten med det samme på alle maskiner. Men er dessverre ikke så enkelt som det høres ut, og du kan risikere å låse deg selv ut fra windowsmaskinene dine. Viss du har erfaring med dette, så er det fint om du gir en beskrivelse på wikien...."
+msgstr ""
+"Ved å bruke windows sin regeleditor (poledit.exe) kan du lage en regelfil "
+"(NTConfig.pol) og legge den i netlogon området på tjener. Dette har fordelen "
+"av at det vil fungere nesten med det samme på alle maskiner. Men er "
+"dessverre ikke så enkelt som det høres ut, og du kan risikere å låse deg "
+"selv ut fra windowsmaskinene dine. Viss du har erfaring med dette, så er det "
+"fint om du gir en beskrivelse på wikien...."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr "Redigere windowsregisteret"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1867
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
-msgstr "Du kan redigere registeret på den lokale maskinen, og kopiere denne registernøkkelen til andre maskiner."
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan redigere registeret på den lokale maskinen, og kopiere denne "
+"registernøkkelen til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr "Start registereditoren"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1870
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
@@ -5109,136 +5243,168 @@ msgstr ""
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
-msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
-msgstr "Bruk menyen <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
+msgid ""
+"Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"Bruk menyen <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr "Kall den <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1881
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
-msgstr "Skriv inn en semikolonbasert liste med stier som skal ekskluderes. (samme måte som maskinregler)"
+msgstr ""
+"Skriv inn en semikolonbasert liste med stier som skal ekskluderes. (samme "
+"måte som maskinregler)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
"click it, or add it to a script to spread it to other machines."
-msgstr "Nå kan du velge å eksportere registernøkkelen som en .reg-fil. Marker et utvalg, høyreklikk og velg eksporter. Lagre filen og du kan dobbelklikke på den, eller legge den til et skript for å spre den til andre maskiner."
+msgstr ""
+"Nå kan du velge å eksportere registernøkkelen som en .reg-fil. Marker et "
+"utvalg, høyreklikk og velg eksporter. Lagre filen og du kan dobbelklikke på "
+"den, eller legge den til et skript for å spre den til andre maskiner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr "Kilder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr "Omadressere til deler av profilen"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
"into my documents, when this is not saved in the profiles. Also you may want "
"to redirect the directories some badly programed applications use to normal "
"network shares."
-msgstr "Av og til er det å bare fjerne katalogen fra profilen ikke nok. Du kan erfare at brukere kan erfare å miste filer fordi de feilaktig lagrer ting i Mine Dokumenter, når denne ikke blir lagret i profilen. Det kan være du også må omadressere kataloger som de dårlig programmerte applikasjonene bruker til vanlige nettverkskataloger."
+msgstr ""
+"Av og til er det å bare fjerne katalogen fra profilen ikke nok. Du kan "
+"erfare at brukere kan erfare å miste filer fordi de feilaktig lagrer ting i "
+"Mine Dokumenter, når denne ikke blir lagret i profilen. Det kan være du også "
+"må omadressere kataloger som de dårlig programmerte applikasjonene bruker "
+"til vanlige nettverkskataloger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1917
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using gpedit."
"msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be available "
"under User Configuration -> Windows Settings->Folder Redirection Things that "
"can be nice to redirect are Desktop or My Documents."
-msgstr "Alt under Bruk av maskinregler over er gyldig. Du redigerer ved bruk av gpedit.msc og kopierer reglene til alle maskiner. Omadresseringen skal være tilgjengelig under Brukeroppsett -> Windows-innstillinger -> Katalogomadressering. Ting som kan være greit å omadressere er Skrivebord eller Mine Dokumenter."
+msgstr ""
+"Alt under Bruk av maskinregler over er gyldig. Du redigerer ved bruk av "
+"gpedit.msc og kopierer reglene til alle maskiner. Omadresseringen skal være "
+"tilgjengelig under Brukeroppsett -> Windows-innstillinger -> "
+"Katalogomadressering. Ting som kan være greit å omadressere er Skrivebord "
+"eller Mine Dokumenter."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1906
+#: release-manual.xml:1919
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
"not want this, you should also disable that in following"
-msgstr "En ting å hugse på er at viss du slår på katalogomadressering, vil de katalogene automatisk bli lagt listen over synkroniserte kataloger. Viss du ikke vil dette, så må du i tillegg også slå av følgende"
+msgstr ""
+"En ting å hugse på er at viss du slår på katalogomadressering, vil de "
+"katalogene automatisk bli lagt listen over synkroniserte kataloger. Viss du "
+"ikke vil dette, så må du i tillegg også slå av følgende"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
-msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
+#: release-manual.xml:1921
+msgid ""
+"User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr "Brukeroppsett -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
-msgstr "Maskininnstillinger -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
+msgstr ""
+"Maskininnstillinger -> Administrative Maler -> Nettverk -> Frakoblete filer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr "Unngå roaming-profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr "Bruk av lokale regler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1945
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual machines. "
"This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on dedicated "
"machines, or machines that have lower then usual bandwith."
-msgstr "Ved bruk av lokale regler kan du slå av roaming-profiler på individuelle maskiner. Dette er ofte ønsket på spesielle maskiner, for eksempel på dedikerte maskiner eller maskiner som har mindre bandbredde en vanlig."
+msgstr ""
+"Ved bruk av lokale regler kan du slå av roaming-profiler på individuelle "
+"maskiner. Dette er ofte ønsket på spesielle maskiner, for eksempel på "
+"dedikerte maskiner eller maskiner som har mindre bandbredde en vanlig."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1936
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
-msgstr "Administrative Maler -> system -> Brukerprofiler -> Tillat bare lokale profiler"
+msgstr ""
+"Administrative Maler -> system -> Brukerprofiler -> Tillat bare lokale "
+"profiler"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1945
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr "endring av sambaoppsett"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
"is allowed to touch it. To disable the roaming profiles for the entire "
"network you can alter the smb.conf file on tjener and unset the logon path "
"and logon home variables, and restart samba."
-msgstr "Ved å endre sambaoppsettet kan du slå av roaming-profiler for hele nettverket. Kanskje alle har sin egen dedikerte maskin? og ingen andre får røre den. For å slå av roaming-profiler for hele nettverket kan du endre smb.conf-fila på tjener og fjerne logon path og logon home-variablene, og så starte samba på nytt."
+msgstr ""
+"Ved å endre sambaoppsettet kan du slå av roaming-profiler for hele "
+"nettverket. Kanskje alle har sin egen dedikerte maskin? og ingen andre får "
+"røre den. For å slå av roaming-profiler for hele nettverket kan du endre smb."
+"conf-fila på tjener og fjerne logon path og logon home-variablene, og så "
+"starte samba på nytt."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -5250,86 +5416,103 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr "Skrivebordstilkopling over nettverk med RDP, VNC, NX eller Citrix"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
"or Linux."
-msgstr "Noen kommuner tilbyr skrivebordstilkopling over nettverket slik at studenter og lærere kan få tilgang til Skolelinux hjemmefra på hjemme-PC som kjører Windows, Mac eller Linux."
+msgstr ""
+"Noen kommuner tilbyr skrivebordstilkopling over nettverket slik at studenter "
+"og lærere kan få tilgang til Skolelinux hjemmefra på hjemme-PC som kjører "
+"Windows, Mac eller Linux."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:1981
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
-msgstr "RDP - den enkleste måte å kople til windowsterminaltjener. Det er bare å installere <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>-pakken."
+msgstr ""
+"RDP - den enkleste måte å kople til windowsterminaltjener. Det er bare å "
+"installere <computeroutput>rdesktop</computeroutput>-pakken."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely. "
"Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> package."
-msgstr "VNC-klienter (Virituell Nettverksmaskin) gir tilgang til Skolelinux utenfra. Bare installer pakken <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>."
+msgstr ""
+"VNC-klienter (Virituell Nettverksmaskin) gir tilgang til Skolelinux utenfra. "
+"Bare installer pakken <computeroutput>xvncviewer</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
"provided NX support to all their students since 2005. They report that the "
"solution is stable."
-msgstr "NX-klienter gir studenter og lærere tilgang til Skolelinux utenfra på Windows, Mac eller Linux. En kommune i Norge har tilbydd NX-støtte for alle sine elever siden 2005. De rapporterer at løsningen er stabil."
+msgstr ""
+"NX-klienter gir studenter og lærere tilgang til Skolelinux utenfra på "
+"Windows, Mac eller Linux. En kommune i Norge har tilbydd NX-støtte for alle "
+"sine elever siden 2005. De rapporterer at løsningen er stabil."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
-msgstr "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Veiledning for Citrix ICA-klient</ulink> å kople til Windows terminaltjenere fra Skolelinux."
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Veiledning "
+"for Citrix ICA-klient</ulink> å kople til Windows terminaltjenere fra "
+"Skolelinux."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr "Veiledninger for undervisning og læring"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
msgid "moodle"
msgstr "moodle"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2011
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
-msgstr "Kjør <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle</computeroutput> som root for å installere moodle."
+msgstr ""
+"Kjør <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle</computeroutput> som root for å "
+"installere moodle."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2014
+#: release-manual.xml:2027
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
-msgstr "Noen skoler i Frankrike bruker moodle for å holde orden på elevenes oppgaver og karakterpoeng."
+msgstr ""
+"Noen skoler i Frankrike bruker moodle for å holde orden på elevenes oppgaver "
+"og karakterpoeng."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr "Overvåkning av elever"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2024
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -5339,47 +5522,56 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
-msgstr "</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: "
+"overvåkning av mennesker kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2037
+#: release-manual.xml:2050
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr "Hindre elever nettverkstilgang"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet access. "
"FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
-msgstr "Noen skoler bruker squidguard eller dansguardian for å hindre internettilgang."
+msgstr ""
+"Noen skoler bruker squidguard eller dansguardian for å hindre "
+"internettilgang."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2058
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
"and illegal in your jurisdiction."
-msgstr "</inlinemediaobject><emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: å hindre tilgang til informasjon eller ytringsfrihet kan være uetisk og ulovlig i ditt område."
+msgstr ""
+"</inlinemediaobject><emphasis role='strong'>Advarsel</emphasis>: å hindre "
+"tilgang til informasjon eller ytringsfrihet kan være uetisk og ulovlig i "
+"ditt område."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr "Installere swi-prolog på etch"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2053
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
"system."
-msgstr "<computeroutput>swi-prolog</computeroutput> var tilgjengelig i sarge, men er ikke en del av etch. Men du kan installere sarge-versjonen på et etch-system."
+msgstr ""
+"<computeroutput>swi-prolog</computeroutput> var tilgjengelig i sarge, men er "
+"ikke en del av etch. Men du kan installere sarge-versjonen på et etch-system."
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2065
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -5399,7 +5591,7 @@ msgstr ""
"]]"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2086
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
@@ -5408,39 +5600,45 @@ msgstr ""
"<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep </ulink> - incomplete but "
"interesting"
-msgstr "<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep</ulink> - uferdig men interessant"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep</ulink> - uferdig men "
+"interessant"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2097
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr "Bidra"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr "La oss vite at du er der"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2104
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
"us very much and therefore is already a valuable contribution. "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
-msgstr "Det er Debian Edu-brukere over hele verden. En enkel måte å bidra er å la oss få vite at du er der og bruker Debian Edu - dette motiverer oss svært mye, og er der allerede et verdifullt bidrag. <inlinemediaobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"Det er Debian Edu-brukere over hele verden. En enkel måte å bidra er å la "
+"oss få vite at du er der og bruker Debian Edu - dette motiverer oss svært "
+"mye, og er der allerede et verdifullt bidrag. <inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2115
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -5448,74 +5646,99 @@ msgid ""
"your installation, by registering in this database. To register your "
"school, <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>use "
"this web form </ulink>."
-msgstr "Debian Edu-prosjektet har en database over skoler og brukere av systemet for å hjelpe brukere til å finne hverandre, og også til å ha en idé om hvor brukerne av distribusjonen er lokalisert. Det er fint om vi får vite om din installasjon, ved å registrere den i databasen. For å registrere skolen din, <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>bruk dette skjemaet</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Debian Edu-prosjektet har en database over skoler og brukere av systemet for "
+"å hjelpe brukere til å finne hverandre, og også til å ha en idé om hvor "
+"brukerne av distribusjonen er lokalisert. Det er fint om vi får vite om din "
+"installasjon, ved å registrere den i databasen. For å registrere skolen din, "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools'>bruk dette "
+"skjemaet</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr "Bidra lokalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
"Greece, the Netherlands, Japan and elsewhere."
-msgstr "For tiden er det lokale lag i Norge, Tyskland, Frankrike og i regionen Extremadura i Spania. «Isolerte» bidragsytere og brukere finnes i Hellas, Nederland, Japan og andre plasser."
+msgstr ""
+"For tiden er det lokale lag i Norge, Tyskland, Frankrike og i regionen "
+"Extremadura i Spania. «Isolerte» bidragsytere og brukere finnes i Hellas, "
+"Nederland, Japan og andre plasser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2138
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
"<emphasis>support </emphasis> are two sides of the same coin."
-msgstr "<link linkend=\"Support\">Supportkapittelet</link> forklarer og lenker til lokaliserte ressurser, siden <emphasis>bidrag</emphasis> og <emphasis>support</emphasis> er to sider av samme sak."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"Support\">Supportkapittelet</link> forklarer og lenker til "
+"lokaliserte ressurser, siden <emphasis>bidrag</emphasis> og "
+"<emphasis>support</emphasis> er to sider av samme sak."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr "Bidra globalt"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2147
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
"DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> working on different subjects."
-msgstr "Internasjonalt er vi organisert i <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>ulike lag</ulink> som arbeider med ulike emner."
+msgstr ""
+"Internasjonalt er vi organisert i <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/"
+"DebianEdu/Teams/'>ulike lag</ulink> som arbeider med ulike emner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list </"
"ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we have "
"monthly meetings on IRC on #debian-edu on irc.debian.org and less frequently "
"even real gatherings, where we meet each other in person."
-msgstr "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>E-postlisten for utviklere</ulink> er for det meste den viktigste kommunikasjonskanalen. Vi har også månedlige møter på IRC på #debian-edu på irc.debian.org og noen ganger i året fysiske møter på utviklersamlinger."
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>E-postlisten for utviklere</"
+"ulink> er for det meste den viktigste kommunikasjonskanalen. Vi har også "
+"månedlige møter på IRC på #debian-edu på irc.debian.org og noen ganger i "
+"året fysiske møter på utviklersamlinger."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
"debian-edu-commits'>commit mailinglist </ulink>."
-msgstr "En fin måte å få med seg hva som foregår i utviklingen av Debian Edu er å melde seg på <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits'>e-postlisten for innmeldinger av bidrag</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"En fin måte å få med seg hva som foregår i utviklingen av Debian Edu er å "
+"melde seg på <ulink url='http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/"
+"debian-edu-commits'>e-postlisten for innmeldinger av bidrag</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2159
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr "Dokumentasjonskrivere og oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
"happen to know (a bit of) what needs to be explained there, please consider "
"sharing your knowledge with us."
-msgstr "Dette dokumentet trenger din hjelp! For det første, så er det ikke ferdig ennå: Viss du leser det, så vil du se at flere FIXME i teksten. Viss du vet litt om emnet og hva som må forklares der, er det fint om du vil dele kunnskapen din med oss."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette dokumentet trenger din hjelp! For det første, så er det ikke ferdig "
+"ennå: Viss du leser det, så vil du se at flere FIXME i teksten. Viss du vet "
+"litt om emnet og hva som må forklares der, er det fint om du vil dele "
+"kunnskapen din med oss."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2150
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple webbrowser. "
"Just go to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/"
@@ -5523,19 +5746,29 @@ msgid ""
"you can contribute easily. Note: An user account is needed to edit the "
"pages, you need to <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
"UserPreferences'>create a wiki user </ulink> first."
-msgstr "Kilden for teksten er en wiki og kan redigeres med en enkel nettleser. Det er bare å gå til <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/</ulink> og der kan du enkelt bidra. Merknad: En brukerkonto trengs for å redigere sidene, så du må opprette en <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/UserPreferences'>wikibruker</ulink> først."
+msgstr ""
+"Kilden for teksten er en wiki og kan redigeres med en enkel nettleser. Det "
+"er bare å gå til <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/"
+"Documentation/Etch/'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/"
+"</ulink> og der kan du enkelt bidra. Merknad: En brukerkonto trengs for å "
+"redigere sidene, så du må opprette en <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/"
+"UserPreferences'>wikibruker</ulink> først."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
"be found in the <link linkend=\"Translations\">translation chapter</link> of "
"this book. Please consider to help the translation effort of this book!"
-msgstr "En annen god måte å bidra på er å hjelpe brukere ved å oversette programvare og dokumentasjon. Informasjon om hvordan oversette dette dokumentet kan du finne i <link linkend=\"Translations\">oversettelsekapittelet</link> for denne boken. Vurder å hjelpe til med oversettingen av denne boken!"
+msgstr ""
+"En annen god måte å bidra på er å hjelpe brukere ved å oversette programvare "
+"og dokumentasjon. Informasjon om hvordan oversette dette dokumentet kan du "
+"finne i <link linkend=\"Translations\">oversettelsekapittelet</link> for "
+"denne boken. Vurder å hjelpe til med oversettingen av denne boken!"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -5543,223 +5776,267 @@ msgid ""
"org'>moinmoin </ulink> on wiki.debian.org does not support exporting the "
"wiki as <computeroutput>docbook </computeroutput>. Once it is upgraded, we "
"will move this document over."
-msgstr "<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1</link> Vi bruker wiki.skolelinux.no fordi versjonen av <ulink url='http://www.moinmoin.org'>moinmoin</ulink> på wiki.debian.org ikke støtter eksport av wiki som <computeroutput>docbook</computeroutput>. Så fort den blir oppgradert, vil vi flytte dette dokumentet dit."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
+"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1</link> Vi "
+"bruker wiki.skolelinux.no fordi versjonen av <ulink url='http://www.moinmoin."
+"org'>moinmoin</ulink> på wiki.debian.org ikke støtter eksport av wiki som "
+"<computeroutput>docbook</computeroutput>. Så fort den blir oppgradert, vil "
+"vi flytte dette dokumentet dit."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Support"
msgstr "Støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr "Frivillighetsbasert støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
msgid "in English"
msgstr "På engelsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
"</ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
+"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-"
+"discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
"</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
-msgstr "#debian-edu på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal, for det meste utviklingsrelatert, ikke forvent sanntidsupport, selv om det hender av og til.<inlinemediaobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"#debian-edu på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal, for det meste utviklingsrelatert, "
+"ikke forvent sanntidsupport, selv om det hender av og til.<inlinemediaobject>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr "På norsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
"ulink> - support mailing list"
msgstr ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
+"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker </"
"ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid ""
"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
"linuxiskolen </ulink> - mailinglist for the development member organisation "
"in Norway (FRISK)"
msgstr ""
-"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
-"linuxiskolen </ulink> - e-postliste for medlemmer i utviklerorganisasjonen i Norge (FRISK)"
+"<ulink url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/"
+"linuxiskolen </ulink> - e-postliste for medlemmer i utviklerorganisasjonen i "
+"Norge (FRISK)"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2209
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
-msgstr "#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av norske brukere"
+msgstr ""
+"#skolelinux på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av norske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2215
+#: release-manual.xml:2228
msgid "in German"
msgstr "På Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user </ulink> - support mailing list"
-msgstr "<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www."
+"skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
-msgstr "<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de</ulink> wiki med mange veiledninger osv."
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de</ulink> "
+"wiki med mange veiledninger osv."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2237
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
-msgstr "#skolelinux.de på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av tyske brukere"
+msgstr ""
+"#skolelinux.de på irc.debian.org - IRC-kanal for support av tyske brukere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2243
msgid "in French"
msgstr "På fransk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
"org/debian-edu-french </ulink> - support mailinglist"
-msgstr "<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian."
+"org/debian-edu-french</ulink> - e-postliste for support"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr "På spansk"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2255
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
-msgstr "<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es</ulink> spansk portal"
+msgstr ""
+"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es</ulink> "
+"spansk portal"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2264
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr "Profesjonell support"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp </ulink>."
-msgstr "Liste over bedrifter som tilbyr profesjonell support er tilgjengelig fra <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+"Liste over bedrifter som tilbyr profesjonell support er tilgjengelig fra "
+"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://"
+"wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp</ulink>."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett og forfattere"
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
"Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguezis "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version. Enjoy!"
msgstr ""
-"Dette dokumentet er skrevet av Holger Levsen, Petter "
-"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
-"Ronny Aasen, Morten Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguezis med opphavsrett 2007, "
+"Dette dokumentet er skrevet av Holger Levsen, Petter Reinholdtsen, Daniel "
+"Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, Ronny Aasen, Morten "
+"Werner Forsbring and José L. Redrejo Rodríguezis med opphavsrett 2007, "
"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjon."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions </"
"emphasis>! Then add your name here and release it under the GPL2 or later "
"version."
-msgstr "Viss du legger til innhold, <emphasis role='strong'>så bare gjør det viss du er forfatteren av innholdet og planlegger å gi det ut under samme betingelser</emphasis>! Så legger du navnet ditt til her og gir det ut under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
+msgstr ""
+"Viss du legger til innhold, <emphasis role='strong'>så bare gjør det viss du "
+"er forfatteren av innholdet og planlegger å gi det ut under samme "
+"betingelser</emphasis>! Så legger du navnet ditt til her og gir det ut under "
+"GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr "Opphavsrett for oversettere"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
-msgstr "Den spanske oversettelsen er gjort av José L. Redrejo Rodríguez med opphavsrett 2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
+msgstr ""
+"Den spanske oversettelsen er gjort av José L. Redrejo Rodríguez med "
+"opphavsrett 2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
-msgstr "Den norske bokmålsoversettelsen er gjort av Petter Reinholdtsen og Håvard Korsvoll med opphavsrett 2007 og utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
+msgstr ""
+"Den norske bokmålsoversettelsen er gjort av Petter Reinholdtsen og Håvard "
+"Korsvoll med opphavsrett 2007 og utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
-msgstr "Den tyske oversettelsen er gjort av Holger Levsen, Patrick Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert og Jürgen Leibner med opphavsrett 2007 og utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
+msgstr ""
+"Den tyske oversettelsen er gjort av Holger Levsen, Patrick Winnertz, Ralf "
+"Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert og Jürgen Leibner med opphavsrett 2007 og "
+"utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2278
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
-msgstr "Den italienske oversettelsen er gjort av Claudio Carboncini med opphavsrett 2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
+msgstr ""
+"Den italienske oversettelsen er gjort av Claudio Carboncini med opphavsrett "
+"2007 og er utgitt under GPL2 eller senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2296
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2298
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
-msgstr "Ferdigoversatte versjoner av dette dokumentet er ikke tilgjengelig ennå. Ufullstendige oversettelser for Norsk Bokmål, Spansk og Tysk eksisterer."
+msgstr ""
+"Ferdigoversatte versjoner av dette dokumentet er ikke tilgjengelig ennå. "
+"Ufullstendige oversettelser for Norsk Bokmål, Spansk og Tysk eksisterer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr "Hvordan oversette dette dokumentet"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README."
"release-manual-translations </computeroutput> for more information on this. "
"Please read also read this, if you want to start/help translating this "
"document."
-msgstr "Oversettelser av dette dokumentet er plassert i .po-filer som i mange friprogramvareprosjekter, les <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations</computeroutput> for mer informasjon om dette. Du må også lese dette viss du vil starte å oversette dette dokumentet."
+msgstr ""
+"Oversettelser av dette dokumentet er plassert i .po-filer som i mange "
+"friprogramvareprosjekter, les <computeroutput>usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/"
+"README.release-manual-translations</computeroutput> for mer informasjon om "
+"dette. Du må også lese dette viss du vil starte å oversette dette dokumentet."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -5767,20 +6044,26 @@ msgid ""
"patches and send those to [<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian."
"org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
msgstr ""
-"For å melde inn oversettelser, så må du være medlem av alioth-prosjektet <computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>. For å oversette, trenger du bare å hente ut noen filer fra svn (som kan gjøres anonymt), lage patcher og sende disse til [<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian."
-"org'>debian-edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
+"For å melde inn oversettelser, så må du være medlem av alioth-prosjektet "
+"<computeroutput>debian-edu</computeroutput>. For å oversette, trenger du "
+"bare å hente ut noen filer fra svn (som kan gjøres anonymt), lage patcher og "
+"sende disse til [<ulink url='mailto:debian-edu at lists.debian.org'>debian-"
+"edu at lists.debian.org </ulink>]."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2298
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
"<computeroutput>subversion </computeroutput> package installed for this to "
"work):"
-msgstr "Du kan hente ut kilden for <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> anonymt med denne kommandoen (du må ha pakken <computeroutput>subversion</computeroutput> installert for at dette skal fungere):"
+msgstr ""
+"Du kan hente ut kilden for <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput> "
+"anonymt med denne kommandoen (du må ha pakken <computeroutput>subversion</"
+"computeroutput> installert for at dette skal fungere):"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-"
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
@@ -5789,7 +6072,7 @@ msgstr ""
"edu-doc </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"Then edit the <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
"$CC.po </computeroutput> (where you replace $CC with your language code). "
@@ -5797,53 +6080,62 @@ msgid ""
"<computeroutput>kbabel </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
"Så redigerer du <computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual."
-"$CC.po</computeroutput> (der du bytter ut $CC med landskoden din). Det er mange verktøy tilgjengelig for å oversette, vi foreslår at du bruker <computeroutput>kbabel</computeroutput>."
+"$CC.po</computeroutput> (der du bytter ut $CC med landskoden din). Det er "
+"mange verktøy tilgjengelig for å oversette, vi foreslår at du bruker "
+"<computeroutput>kbabel</computeroutput>."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
-msgstr "Så kan du enten melde filen inn direkte til svn (viss du har rettigheter til det) eller sender filen til e-postlisten."
+msgstr ""
+"Så kan du enten melde filen inn direkte til svn (viss du har rettigheter til "
+"det) eller sender filen til e-postlisten."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
-msgstr "For å oppdatere din lokale kopi av arkivet, kan du bruke denne kommandoen inne i mappen <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>:"
+msgstr ""
+"For å oppdatere din lokale kopi av arkivet, kan du bruke denne kommandoen "
+"inne i mappen <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc</computeroutput>:"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2321
+#: release-manual.xml:2334
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
"none yet, and how to update translations."
-msgstr "Les /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations for å finne informasjon om hvordan lage en ny .po-fil for ditt språk viss det ikke finnes noen ennå, og hvordan oppdatere oversettelser."
+msgstr ""
+"Les /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations for å "
+"finne informasjon om hvordan lage en ny .po-fil for ditt språk viss det ikke "
+"finnes noen ennå, og hvordan oppdatere oversettelser."
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2323
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr "Meld i fra om eventuelle problemer."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr "Vedlegg A - GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens"
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and others, see the <link linkend="
@@ -5851,19 +6143,25 @@ msgid ""
"owners."
msgstr ""
"Opphavsrett © 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink url='mailto:holger at layer-acht."
-"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > og andre, se <link linkend=\"CopyRight\">opphavsrettskapittelet</link> for den fulle lista av personer med opphavsrett."
+"org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > og andre, se <link linkend=\"CopyRight"
+"\">opphavsrettskapittelet</link> for den fulle lista av personer med "
+"opphavsrett."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
"Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) "
"any later version."
-msgstr "Dette programmet er fri programvare. Du kan distribuere det videre og/eller modifisere det under vilkårene i GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens slik den er offentliggjort av Free Software Foundation; enten versjon 2 av lisensen, eller (ditt valg) senere versjoner."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette programmet er fri programvare. Du kan distribuere det videre og/eller "
+"modifisere det under vilkårene i GNU Generell Offentlig Lisens slik den er "
+"offentliggjort av Free Software Foundation; enten versjon 2 av lisensen, "
+"eller (ditt valg) senere versjoner."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -5872,7 +6170,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -5880,17 +6178,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2350
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2367
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -5899,12 +6197,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2361
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -5918,7 +6216,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -5929,7 +6227,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -5941,14 +6239,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2369
+#: release-manual.xml:2382
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -5957,7 +6255,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -5965,7 +6263,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -5974,7 +6272,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2380
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5989,7 +6287,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2385
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -6003,7 +6301,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -6012,7 +6310,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2402
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -6021,7 +6319,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2404
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -6030,7 +6328,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2394
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -6039,7 +6337,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2397
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -6050,7 +6348,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2413
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -6060,7 +6358,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -6074,7 +6372,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -6084,7 +6382,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2422
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -6096,7 +6394,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -6109,7 +6407,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2415
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -6121,7 +6419,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -6138,7 +6436,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2434
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -6146,7 +6444,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2423
+#: release-manual.xml:2436
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -6160,14 +6458,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -6179,7 +6477,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2443
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -6188,7 +6486,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2446
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -6200,7 +6498,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -6213,12 +6511,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -6232,7 +6530,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -6246,42 +6544,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2450
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr "Vedlegg B - om Debian Edu Live CD/DVDer"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2473
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr "Egenskaper ved frittstående-disken"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2461
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr "Nesten alle pakker fra frittståendeprofilen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2462
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr "Alle pakker fra pakkesamlingen for bærbare"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr "KDE skrivebordsprofilen for studenter/elever."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr "Aktiverer oversettelser og regional støtte"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC."
"UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale "
@@ -6290,164 +6588,195 @@ msgid ""
"keyboard layout. More information on this feature <ulink url='http://wiki."
"debian.org/DebianLive/l10n'>is available from the live cd build script "
"documentation </ulink>. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:"
-msgstr "For å aktivere spesifikke oversettelser, start opp med <computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput> som oppstartsvalg. Der ll_CC.UTF-8 er lokalkoden du vil bruke. For å bruke det tastaturutlegget du vil, bruk oppstartsvalget <computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> der KB er det ønskte tastaturutlegget. Mer informasjon om denne egenskapen <ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/l10n'>er tilgjengelig fra dokumentasjonen for byggeskriptet til live-CDen</ulink>. Her er en liste over vanlig brukte lokalkoder:"
+msgstr ""
+"For å aktivere spesifikke oversettelser, start opp med "
+"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</computeroutput> som oppstartsvalg. Der "
+"ll_CC.UTF-8 er lokalkoden du vil bruke. For å bruke det tastaturutlegget du "
+"vil, bruk oppstartsvalget <computeroutput>keyb=KB</computeroutput> der KB er "
+"det ønskte tastaturutlegget. Mer informasjon om denne egenskapen <ulink "
+"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianLive/l10n'>er tilgjengelig fra "
+"dokumentasjonen for byggeskriptet til live-CDen</ulink>. Her er en liste "
+"over vanlig brukte lokalkoder:"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Spåk (Region)</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Lokalkode</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2483
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr "<emphasis role='strong'>Tastaturutlegg</emphasis>"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr "Norsk bokmål"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2491
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nb_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494 release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2507 release-manual.xml:2517
msgid "no"
msgstr "no"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr "Norsk nynorsk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr "nn_NO.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "German"
msgstr "Tysk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr "de_DE.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
msgid "de"
msgstr "de"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr "Fransk (Frankrike)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr "fr_FR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "fr"
msgstr "fr"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2528
+#: release-manual.xml:2541
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr "Gresk (Hellas)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr "el_GR.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
msgid "el"
msgstr "el"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2538
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr "Japansk"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr "ja_JP.UTF-8"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2544
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid "jp"
msgstr "jp"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr "Nordsamisk (Norge)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2551
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr "se_NO"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr "no(smi)"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the UTF-8 locales are supported "
"by the live images. Not all locales have translations installed, though. "
"The keyboard layout names can be found in /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
msgstr ""
-"En fullstendig liste over lokalkoder er tilgjengelig i <computeroutput>/usr/share/"
-"i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, men bare UTF-8 lokalkoder er støttet av liveCD/DVDer. Ikke alle lokaler har oversettelser installert, men navn på tastaturutlegget finner man i /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
+"En fullstendig liste over lokalkoder er tilgjengelig i <computeroutput>/usr/"
+"share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, men bare UTF-8 lokalkoder er støttet "
+"av liveCD/DVDer. Ikke alle lokaler har oversettelser installert, men navn på "
+"tastaturutlegget finner man i /usr/share/keymaps/i386/."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr "Ting man må vite"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr "passordet for user er «user», root har ingen passord."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr "Kjente problem med CD/DVDen"
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2575
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr "ingen kjente ennå."
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2581
+#: release-manual.xml:2594
msgid "Download"
msgstr "Last ned"
# type: Content of: <article><para><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2583
+#: release-manual.xml:2596
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/"
"cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-"
"live/'>HTTP </ulink> or rsync from ftp.skolelinux.org at cd-etch-live/."
-msgstr "Diskbildet er 1,2 GiB og tilgjengelig ved bruk av <ulink url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP</ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP</ulink> eller rsync fra ftp.skolelinux.org ved cd-etch-live/"
+msgstr ""
+"Diskbildet er 1,2 GiB og tilgjengelig ved bruk av <ulink url='ftp://ftp."
+"skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP</ulink>, <ulink url='http://ftp.skolelinux."
+"no/cd-etch-live/'>HTTP</ulink> eller rsync fra ftp.skolelinux.org ved cd-"
+"etch-live/"
+
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "customizes the students desktop with choosen icons for installed programs"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "tilpasser studentenes skrivebord med de valgte ikoner for installerte "
+#~ "program"
+# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you want to use modified kiosk profiles, you can either copy existing "
+#~ "ones and modify them or create new kiosk profiles in some directory "
+#~ "(FIXME: suggest some proper dir here) and enable to use them in /etc/kde-"
+#~ "user-profile"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Viss du vil tilpasse kiosk-profiler, kan du enten kopiere de eksisterende "
+#~ "og endre dem, eller du kan lage nye kiosk-profiler i en eller annen mappe "
+#~ "og pek til disse i /etc/kde-user-profile"
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
index 3806590..5daf8fd 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-01 2:06+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-12-03 9:26+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL at ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL at li.org>\n"
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "Debian Edu / Skolelinux Terra 3.0 Release Manual"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2336
+#: release-manual.xml:3 release-manual.xml:2349
msgid "Release manual for Debian Edu etch 3.0 Codename \"Terra\""
msgstr ""
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgstr ""
#: release-manual.xml:8
msgid ""
"This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc "
-"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-01</computeroutput>."
+"</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-03</computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
@@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2075 release-manual.xml:2110 release-manual.xml:2190
+#: release-manual.xml:329 release-manual.xml:1383 release-manual.xml:2088 release-manual.xml:2123 release-manual.xml:2203
msgid "<phrase>:-) </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ msgid "<phrase>attachment:lwat-addmachine.png </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000 release-manual.xml:1599 release-manual.xml:1610 release-manual.xml:1728 release-manual.xml:2028 release-manual.xml:2042 release-manual.xml:2057
+#: release-manual.xml:873 release-manual.xml:906 release-manual.xml:1000 release-manual.xml:1602 release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:1639 release-manual.xml:1741 release-manual.xml:2041 release-manual.xml:2055 release-manual.xml:2070
msgid "<phrase>/!\\ </phrase>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3390,12 +3390,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1985 release-manual.xml:2083
+#: release-manual.xml:1510 release-manual.xml:1998 release-manual.xml:2096
msgid "HowTos from wiki.debian.org"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:1987 release-manual.xml:2085
+#: release-manual.xml:1512 release-manual.xml:2000 release-manual.xml:2098
msgid ""
"The HowTos from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ "
@@ -3423,13 +3423,13 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1550
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>students kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for "
-"members of the students file group)"
+"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils </emphasis> (enabled for members "
+"of the students file group)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1552
-msgid "customizes the students desktop with choosen icons for installed programs"
+msgid "customized set of icons appears on student desktops"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -3441,7 +3441,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
#: release-manual.xml:1554
-msgid "adept is not started during login"
+msgid "adept is not started"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
@@ -3457,7 +3457,7 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1559
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>root kde profile </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
+"<emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root </emphasis> (enabled for the root "
"user and members of the admins file group)"
msgstr ""
@@ -3471,34 +3471,37 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1564
msgid ""
-"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: even if you can modify them using "
-"<computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>, you should not do this, because "
-"your changes will be overridden on upgrades."
+"<emphasis role='strong'>Note: </emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can "
+"be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool </computeroutput>. However, unless "
+"you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
#: release-manual.xml:1568
msgid ""
-"If you want to use modified kiosk profiles, you can either copy existing "
-"ones and modify them or create new kiosk profiles in some directory (FIXME: "
-"suggest some proper dir here) and enable to use them in "
-"/etc/kde-user-profile"
+"If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing "
+"ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) "
+"<computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/ </computeroutput> and enable them "
+"in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile </computeroutput>. The kiosk tool "
+"will do this for you if you click \"profile properties\" and browse to a new "
+"folder."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1570
+#: release-manual.xml:1572
msgid ""
-"If you don't want to use kioskmode, use <computeroutput>rm /etc/kderc "
-"</computeroutput>. (FIXME: Really delete that file completly???)"
+"If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc "
+"</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile "
+"</computeroutput>. (FIXME: in which of the two?!)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1576
+#: release-manual.xml:1579
msgid "Modifying the kdm login screen"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1578
+#: release-manual.xml:1581
msgid ""
"In Debian/Etch, the way to customize the kdm login screen was changed. Now, "
"it is done by adding a file in <computeroutput>/etc/default/kdm.d/ "
@@ -3506,14 +3509,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1581
+#: release-manual.xml:1584
msgid ""
"Here is one example used to activate the theme in the "
"<computeroutput>desktop-base </computeroutput> package:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1583
+#: release-manual.xml:1586
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"USETHEME=\"true\"\n"
@@ -3522,19 +3525,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1587
+#: release-manual.xml:1590
msgid ""
"See the code in <computeroutput>/etc/init.d/kdm </computeroutput> for "
"information on how these variables are used."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1593
+#: release-manual.xml:1596
msgid "Flash"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1595
+#: release-manual.xml:1598
msgid ""
"To install the Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the "
"<computeroutput>flashplugin-nonfree </computeroutput> debian package. It "
@@ -3543,21 +3546,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1602
+#: release-manual.xml:1605
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> version 9.0.31.0.1 of the package do not work in "
"Etch. This is expected to be fixed in the near future. [2007-11-30]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1604
+#: release-manual.xml:1607
msgid ""
"An alternative is to install flashplayer-mozilla from debian-multimedia. It "
"work with both konqueror and firefox."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1606
+#: release-manual.xml:1609
msgid ""
"To install newer version of flash, download correct deb-package from <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/'>ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/debian/pool/contrib/f/flashplugin-nonfree/ "
@@ -3565,7 +3568,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1613 release-manual.xml:2060
+#: release-manual.xml:1616 release-manual.xml:1642 release-manual.xml:2073
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: The "
"software you install has no trust path. Software installed with "
@@ -3574,14 +3577,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1617
+#: release-manual.xml:1620
msgid ""
"E.g. to install flashplugin for i386 architecture as root. Download via "
"webbrowser or with wget:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1618
+#: release-manual.xml:1621
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget "
@@ -3590,12 +3593,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1621
+#: release-manual.xml:1624
msgid "If you previously installed flashplayer-mozilla, you must remove this first:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1622
+#: release-manual.xml:1625
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get remove flashplayer-mozilla\n"
@@ -3603,12 +3606,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1625
+#: release-manual.xml:1628
msgid "Then install:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1626
+#: release-manual.xml:1629
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i flashplugin-nonfree_9.0.48.0.2_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3616,12 +3619,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1631
+#: release-manual.xml:1634
msgid "Sound with Flash in thin clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1633
+#: release-manual.xml:1636
msgid ""
"If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages "
"(as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients "
@@ -3629,7 +3632,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1634
+#: release-manual.xml:1647
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"wget "
@@ -3638,12 +3641,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1637
+#: release-manual.xml:1650
msgid "Then:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1638
+#: release-manual.xml:1651
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"dpkg -i libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb\n"
@@ -3651,17 +3654,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1645
+#: release-manual.xml:1658
msgid "Other useful plugins"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1647
+#: release-manual.xml:1660
msgid "After adding the multimedia repository:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1648
+#: release-manual.xml:1661
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install mozilla-mplayer mozilla-acroread acroread-plugins\n"
@@ -3669,12 +3672,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1654
+#: release-manual.xml:1667
msgid "Playing DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1656
+#: release-manual.xml:1669
msgid ""
"libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial !DVDs. For legal reasons "
"it's not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, "
@@ -3682,14 +3685,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1658
+#: release-manual.xml:1671
msgid ""
"To use www.debian-multimedia.org visit the homepage and find a mirror, or "
"just add"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1659
+#: release-manual.xml:1672
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"deb http://debian-multimedia.org etch main\n"
@@ -3697,19 +3700,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1662
+#: release-manual.xml:1675
msgid ""
"to your sources list. Eventually install key package for multimedia "
"(debian-multimedia-keyring)."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1664
+#: release-manual.xml:1677
msgid "Install multimedia and dvd libraries"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1665
+#: release-manual.xml:1678
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs\n"
@@ -3717,17 +3720,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1672
+#: release-manual.xml:1685
msgid "HowTos for networked clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1678
+#: release-manual.xml:1691
msgid "Thin Clients vs Diskless workstations"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1680
+#: release-manual.xml:1693
msgid ""
"Instructions on how to enable diskless workstations / stateless workstations "
"/ lowfat clients / half-thick clients are available from <ulink "
@@ -3736,17 +3739,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1686
+#: release-manual.xml:1699
msgid "LTSP in detail"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1690
+#: release-manual.xml:1703
msgid "lts.conf"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1692
+#: release-manual.xml:1705
msgid ""
"To make special adaptations and configurations for specific thinclients, you "
"can edit the file <computeroutput>/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf "
@@ -3756,7 +3759,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1696
+#: release-manual.xml:1709
msgid ""
"The default values is defined under <computeroutput>[default] "
"</computeroutput>, to configure one client, specify which client using the "
@@ -3765,14 +3768,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1700
+#: release-manual.xml:1713
msgid ""
"Example: To make the thinclient ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add "
"something like this:"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1703
+#: release-manual.xml:1716
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"[192.168.0.10]\n"
@@ -3783,19 +3786,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1709
+#: release-manual.xml:1722
msgid "somewhere below the default settings."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1711
+#: release-manual.xml:1724
msgid ""
"Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart X on the "
"client (by pressing alt+ctrl+backspace) or restart the client."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1713
+#: release-manual.xml:1726
msgid ""
"To use ipadresses in <computeroutput>lts.conf </computeroutput> you should "
"add the client mac-address to your dhcp-server. Otherwise you should use the "
@@ -3804,12 +3807,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1720
+#: release-manual.xml:1733
msgid "Load balancing LTSP servers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1722
+#: release-manual.xml:1735
msgid ""
"It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several servers "
"for load balancing. One way is listing several servers using "
@@ -3821,19 +3824,19 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1731
+#: release-manual.xml:1744
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> This feature was new in ltsp version "
"0.99debian12+0.0.edu.etch.8 to be included in 3.0r1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1736
+#: release-manual.xml:1749
msgid "Sound with LTSP clients"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1738
+#: release-manual.xml:1751
msgid ""
"If the client has sound hardware support and alsa is used (currently, this "
"is the default sound system in Debian), module snd-pcm-oss should be loaded "
@@ -3842,27 +3845,27 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1740
+#: release-manual.xml:1753
msgid "MODULE_01 = \"snd-pcm-oss\""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1742
+#: release-manual.xml:1755
msgid "should be added to the server in the /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf file."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1748
+#: release-manual.xml:1761
msgid "Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1752
+#: release-manual.xml:1765
msgid "Joining the domain"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1754
+#: release-manual.xml:1767
msgid ""
"For Windows clients the Windows domain \"SKOLELINUX\" is available to be "
"joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener, "
@@ -3871,21 +3874,21 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1756
+#: release-manual.xml:1769
msgid ""
"In order to make Windows clients join the domain some (few) steps are "
"required:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1758
+#: release-manual.xml:1771
msgid ""
"1. Create a user with membership in the \"admins\" group (if not already "
"existing)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1760
+#: release-manual.xml:1773
msgid ""
"In order to be able to join the \"SKOLELINUX\" domain a member of the admins "
"group needs to authorize the process. If not yet existing a user with that "
@@ -3895,12 +3898,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1765
+#: release-manual.xml:1778
msgid "2. Configure the Windows client as static host"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1767
+#: release-manual.xml:1780
msgid ""
"When joining a samba domain some special data is stored on the domain "
"controller (tjener). This data is needed to recognize the Windows client "
@@ -3913,26 +3916,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1771
+#: release-manual.xml:1784
msgid ""
"3. On the Windows client: Make sure the network and system configuration "
"matches the data stored on tjener (hostname and ip configuration)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1772
+#: release-manual.xml:1785
msgid ""
"It's really important, that the Windows hosts has the same data, otherwise "
"Samba will not find the host added in step 2."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1775
+#: release-manual.xml:1788
msgid "4. Join the domain as usual using the user added in step 1."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1776
+#: release-manual.xml:1789
msgid ""
"Depending on the version and language of you Windows installation, you "
"should find the configuration about the domain or workgroup of your system "
@@ -3946,7 +3949,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1779
+#: release-manual.xml:1792
msgid ""
"Windows will sync the profile of domain users on every login and "
"logout. Depending on how much data stored in the profile this could take "
@@ -3956,12 +3959,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1783
+#: release-manual.xml:1796
msgid "User groups in Windows"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1785
+#: release-manual.xml:1798
msgid ""
"Groupmaps must also be added for any other user groups you add through "
"<computeroutput>lwat </computeroutput>. If you want your user groups to be "
@@ -3972,7 +3975,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1789
+#: release-manual.xml:1802
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \\\n"
@@ -3982,12 +3985,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1798
+#: release-manual.xml:1811
msgid "XP home"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1800
+#: release-manual.xml:1813
msgid ""
"Users bringing in their XP home laptop can still connect to Tjener using "
"their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to "
@@ -3996,12 +3999,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1805
+#: release-manual.xml:1818
msgid "Managing roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1807
+#: release-manual.xml:1820
msgid ""
"Roaming profiles contain user work environments, which include the desktop "
"items and settings. Some examples of these environments are personal files, "
@@ -4012,7 +4015,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1809
+#: release-manual.xml:1822
msgid ""
"Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and "
"copied back to the server during logout. A large profile can make windows "
@@ -4023,7 +4026,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1811
+#: release-manual.xml:1824
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>The educational approach </emphasis> One way to deal "
"with to large profiles is to explain the situation for the users. tell them "
@@ -4032,7 +4035,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1814
+#: release-manual.xml:1827
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>Tweaking the profile </emphasis> A different way to "
"deal with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other "
@@ -4043,22 +4046,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1819 release-manual.xml:1902
+#: release-manual.xml:1832 release-manual.xml:1915
msgid "Using machine policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1821
+#: release-manual.xml:1834
msgid "you can edit the machines policy and copy it to all other computers."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1822
+#: release-manual.xml:1835
msgid "pick a freshly installed windows computer, and run gpedit.msc"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1824
+#: release-manual.xml:1837
msgid ""
"under the selection User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> System "
"-> User Profiles -> Exclude directories in roaming profile, you can enter a "
@@ -4068,56 +4071,56 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1825
+#: release-manual.xml:1838
msgid "log"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1826
+#: release-manual.xml:1839
msgid "Locale settings"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1827 release-manual.xml:1830
+#: release-manual.xml:1840 release-manual.xml:1843
msgid "Temporary Internet Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1828
+#: release-manual.xml:1841
msgid "My Documents"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1829
+#: release-manual.xml:1842
msgid "Application Data"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1833
+#: release-manual.xml:1846
msgid "Save your changes, and exit the editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1835
+#: release-manual.xml:1848
msgid ""
"Copy <computeroutput>c:\\windows\\system32\\GroupPolicy </computeroutput> to "
"all other windows machines."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1837
+#: release-manual.xml:1850
msgid ""
"It's a good idea to copy it to your windows os deployment system to have it "
"included at install time."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1845 release-manual.xml:1918 release-manual.xml:1943
+#: release-manual.xml:1858 release-manual.xml:1931 release-manual.xml:1956
msgid "Using global policies"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1847
+#: release-manual.xml:1860
msgid ""
"By using the windows policy editor (poledit.exe), you can can create a "
"Policy file (NTConfig.pol) file and put it in your netlogon share on "
@@ -4128,48 +4131,48 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1852
+#: release-manual.xml:1865
msgid "Editing Windows registry"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1854
+#: release-manual.xml:1867
msgid ""
"You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key "
"to other computers"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1855
+#: release-manual.xml:1868
msgid "Start the Registry Editor."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1857
+#: release-manual.xml:1870
msgid ""
"Navigate to <computeroutput>HKEY_CURRENT_USER\\Software\\Microsoft\\Windows "
"NT\\CurrentVersion\\Winlogon </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1861
+#: release-manual.xml:1874
msgid "Use the menu <computeroutput>Edit menu->New->String Value </computeroutput>."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1865
+#: release-manual.xml:1878
msgid "Call it <computeroutput>ExcludeProfileDirs </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1868
+#: release-manual.xml:1881
msgid ""
"Enter a semicolon sepatated string of paths to exclude. (same way as machine "
"policy)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1871
+#: release-manual.xml:1884
msgid ""
"Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file, Mark a "
"selection, right click and select export. Save the file and you can double "
@@ -4177,17 +4180,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1873
+#: release-manual.xml:1886
msgid "Sources:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1896
+#: release-manual.xml:1909
msgid "Redirecting parts of profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1898
+#: release-manual.xml:1911
msgid ""
"Sometimes just removing the directory from the profile is not enough. You "
"may experience that users loose files because they mistakenly save things "
@@ -4197,7 +4200,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1904
+#: release-manual.xml:1917
msgid ""
"Everything under Using machine policies above applies. You edit using "
"gpedit.msc and copy the Policy to all machines The redirection should be "
@@ -4206,7 +4209,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1906
+#: release-manual.xml:1919
msgid ""
"One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those "
"folders are automatically added to the syncroniced folders list. If you do "
@@ -4214,34 +4217,34 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1908
+#: release-manual.xml:1921
msgid "User Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1911
+#: release-manual.xml:1924
msgid ""
"Computer Configuration -> Administrative Templates -> Network -> Offline "
"Files"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1920
+#: release-manual.xml:1933
msgid "FIXME"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1926
+#: release-manual.xml:1939
msgid "Avoiding roaming profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1930
+#: release-manual.xml:1943
msgid "Using a local policy"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1932
+#: release-manual.xml:1945
msgid ""
"Using local policies you can disable roaming profile on individual "
"machines. This is often wanted on special machines, for instance on "
@@ -4249,29 +4252,29 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1934
+#: release-manual.xml:1947
msgid "You can use the machine policy method describe above, the key is in"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1936
+#: release-manual.xml:1949
msgid ""
"Administrative Templates -> system -> User Profiles -> Only allow local "
"profiles"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1945
+#: release-manual.xml:1958
msgid "FIXME: what is the roaming profile key for the global policy editor"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1950
+#: release-manual.xml:1963
msgid "altering samba config"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1952
+#: release-manual.xml:1965
msgid ""
"By editing the samba config you can disable roaming profiles for the entire "
"network. Perhaps everyone have their own dedicated machine? and nobody else "
@@ -4281,7 +4284,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:1955
+#: release-manual.xml:1968
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"logon path = \"\"\n"
@@ -4290,12 +4293,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:1964
+#: release-manual.xml:1977
msgid "Remote Desktops with RDP, VNC, NX or Citrix"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1966
+#: release-manual.xml:1979
msgid ""
"Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and "
"teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac "
@@ -4303,14 +4306,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1968
+#: release-manual.xml:1981
msgid ""
"RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. Just install the "
"<computeroutput>rdesktop </computeroutput> package."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1972
+#: release-manual.xml:1985
msgid ""
"VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux "
"remotely. Just install the <computeroutput>xvncviewer </computeroutput> "
@@ -4318,7 +4321,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:1975
+#: release-manual.xml:1988
msgid ""
"NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux "
"remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has "
@@ -4327,50 +4330,50 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:1977
+#: release-manual.xml:1990
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps'>Citrix ICA "
"client HowTo </ulink> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2003
+#: release-manual.xml:2016
msgid "HowTos for teaching and learning"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2009
+#: release-manual.xml:2022
msgid "moodle"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2011
+#: release-manual.xml:2024
msgid ""
"Run <computeroutput>aptitude install moodle </computeroutput> as root to "
"install moodle."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2014
+#: release-manual.xml:2027
msgid ""
"Some schools in France use moodle to keep track of students' facilities and "
"credit points. FIXME: more examples, etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2019
+#: release-manual.xml:2032
msgid "Monitoring pupils"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2021
+#: release-manual.xml:2034
msgid ""
"Some schools use control tools like Controlaula or Italc to supervise their "
"students. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2024
+#: release-manual.xml:2037
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"apt-get install italc\n"
@@ -4378,26 +4381,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2031
+#: release-manual.xml:2044
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: monitoring "
"humans might be unethical and illegal in your jurisdiction."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2037
+#: release-manual.xml:2050
msgid "Restricting pupils network access"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2039
+#: release-manual.xml:2052
msgid ""
"Some schools use squidguard or dansguardian to restrict internet "
"access. FIXME: explain how to install and use it."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2045
+#: release-manual.xml:2058
msgid ""
"</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning </emphasis>: "
"restricting access to information or freedom of speech might be unethical "
@@ -4405,12 +4408,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2051
+#: release-manual.xml:2064
msgid "Installing swi-prolog on etch"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2053
+#: release-manual.xml:2066
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog </computeroutput> was available in sarge, but was "
"not part of etch. But you can just install the version from sarge on a etch "
@@ -4418,7 +4421,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2065
+#: release-manual.xml:2078
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"# swi-prolog depends on libreadline4, also not in etch\n"
@@ -4433,14 +4436,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2073
+#: release-manual.xml:2086
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>swi-prolog-doc </computeroutput> is part of etch "
"<inlinemediaobject>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2088
+#: release-manual.xml:2101
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep "
@@ -4448,22 +4451,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2097
+#: release-manual.xml:2110
msgid "Contribute"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2101
+#: release-manual.xml:2114
msgid "Let us know you exist"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><textobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2104
+#: release-manual.xml:2117
msgid "<phrase>worldmapphp?lang=en&image=worldmap </phrase>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2109
+#: release-manual.xml:2122
msgid ""
"There are Debian Edu users all over the world. A very easy form of "
"contribution is to let us know you exist and use Debian Edu - this motivates "
@@ -4472,7 +4475,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2115
+#: release-manual.xml:2128
msgid ""
"The Debian Edu projects provide a database of schools and users of the "
"system to help the users find each other, and also to have an idea about "
@@ -4483,12 +4486,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2121
+#: release-manual.xml:2134
msgid "Contribute locally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2123
+#: release-manual.xml:2136
msgid ""
"Currently there are local teams in Norway, Germany, France and in the region "
"of Extremadura in Spain. \"Isolated\" contributors and users exist in "
@@ -4496,7 +4499,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2125
+#: release-manual.xml:2138
msgid ""
"The <link linkend=\"Support\">support chapter</link> explains and links to "
"localized ressources, as <emphasis>contribute </emphasis> and "
@@ -4504,12 +4507,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2132
+#: release-manual.xml:2145
msgid "Contribute globally"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2134
+#: release-manual.xml:2147
msgid ""
"Internationally we are organized in <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/'>different teams </ulink> "
@@ -4517,7 +4520,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2137
+#: release-manual.xml:2150
msgid ""
"The <ulink url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu'>developer mailing list "
"</ulink> is most of the time our main medium for communication, though we "
@@ -4526,7 +4529,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2140
+#: release-manual.xml:2153
msgid ""
"A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to "
"subscribe to the <ulink "
@@ -4535,12 +4538,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2146
+#: release-manual.xml:2159
msgid "Documentation writers and translators"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2148
+#: release-manual.xml:2161
msgid ""
"This document needs your help! First and foremost, it is not finished yet: "
"If you read it, you will notice various FIXMEs within the text. If you "
@@ -4549,7 +4552,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2150
+#: release-manual.xml:2163
msgid ""
"The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple "
"webbrowser. Just go to <ulink "
@@ -4561,7 +4564,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2158
+#: release-manual.xml:2171
msgid ""
"Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating "
"software and documentation. Information how to translate this document can "
@@ -4570,7 +4573,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2160
+#: release-manual.xml:2173
msgid ""
"<link linkend='fndef-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0' "
"endterm='fnref-11e1b5e032277f2a1703fa3bbb0cc09d059250c9-0'>1 </link> We use "
@@ -4581,22 +4584,22 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2171
+#: release-manual.xml:2184
msgid "Support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2175
+#: release-manual.xml:2188
msgid "Volunteer based support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2179
+#: release-manual.xml:2192
msgid "in English"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2185
+#: release-manual.xml:2198
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss "
@@ -4604,7 +4607,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><inlinemediaobject>
-#: release-manual.xml:2189
+#: release-manual.xml:2202
msgid ""
"#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related, do "
"not expect real time support even though it frequently happens "
@@ -4612,12 +4615,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2200
+#: release-manual.xml:2213
msgid "in Norwegian"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2202
+#: release-manual.xml:2215
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker "
@@ -4625,7 +4628,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2206
+#: release-manual.xml:2219
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen'>https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen "
@@ -4634,17 +4637,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2209
+#: release-manual.xml:2222
msgid "#skolelinux on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support norwegian users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2215
+#: release-manual.xml:2228
msgid "in German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2217
+#: release-manual.xml:2230
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user'>http://www.skolelinux.de/mailman/listinfo/user "
@@ -4652,24 +4655,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2221
+#: release-manual.xml:2234
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.de'>http://wiki.skolelinux.de </ulink> - "
"wiki with lots of HowTos etc."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2224
+#: release-manual.xml:2237
msgid "#skolelinux.de on irc.debian.org - IRC channel to support german users"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2230
+#: release-manual.xml:2243
msgid "in French"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2232
+#: release-manual.xml:2245
msgid ""
"<ulink "
"url='http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french'>http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french "
@@ -4677,24 +4680,24 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2240
+#: release-manual.xml:2253
msgid "in Spanish"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2242
+#: release-manual.xml:2255
msgid ""
"<ulink url='http://www.skolelinux.es'>http://www.skolelinux.es </ulink> - "
"spanish portal"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2251
+#: release-manual.xml:2264
msgid "Professional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2253
+#: release-manual.xml:2266
msgid ""
"Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <ulink "
"url='http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp'>http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp "
@@ -4702,12 +4705,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2260
+#: release-manual.xml:2273
msgid "Copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2262
+#: release-manual.xml:2275
msgid ""
"This document is written and copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Petter "
"Reinholdtsen, Daniel Heß, Patrick Winnertz, Knut Yrvin, Ralf Gesellensetter, "
@@ -4716,7 +4719,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2264
+#: release-manual.xml:2277
msgid ""
"If you add content to it, <emphasis role='strong'>please only do so if you "
"are the author of it and plan to release it under the same conditions "
@@ -4725,26 +4728,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2270
+#: release-manual.xml:2283
msgid "Translation copyright and authors"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2272
+#: release-manual.xml:2285
msgid ""
"The spanish translation is copyrighted 2007 by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez and "
"is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2274
+#: release-manual.xml:2287
msgid ""
"The norwegian Bokmål translation is copyrighted 2007 by Petter Reinholdtsen "
"and Håvard Korsvoll and is released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2276
+#: release-manual.xml:2289
msgid ""
"The german translation is copyrighted 2007 by Holger Levsen, Patrick "
"Winnertz, Ralf Gesellensetter, Roland F. Teichert and Jürgen Leibner and is "
@@ -4752,31 +4755,31 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2278
+#: release-manual.xml:2291
msgid ""
"The italian translation is copyrighted 2007 by Claudio Carboncini and is "
"released under the GPL2 or any later version."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2283
+#: release-manual.xml:2296
msgid "Translations of this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2285
+#: release-manual.xml:2298
msgid ""
"Fully translated versions of this document are not yet available. Incomplete "
"translations for Norwegian Bokmål, Spanish and German exist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2289
+#: release-manual.xml:2302
msgid "HowTo translate this document"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2291
+#: release-manual.xml:2304
msgid ""
"Translations of this document are kept in .po files like in many free "
"software projects, read "
@@ -4786,7 +4789,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2294
+#: release-manual.xml:2307
msgid ""
"To commit your translations you need to be a member of the alioth project "
"<computeroutput>debian-edu </computeroutput>. To translate, you just need to "
@@ -4797,7 +4800,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2298
+#: release-manual.xml:2311
msgid ""
"You can checkout the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> source "
"anonymously with the following command (you need to have the "
@@ -4806,7 +4809,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2302
+#: release-manual.xml:2315
msgid ""
"<computeroutput>svn co "
"svn://svn.debian.org/svn/debian-edu/trunk/src/debian-edu-doc "
@@ -4814,7 +4817,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2307
+#: release-manual.xml:2320
msgid ""
"Then edit the "
"<computeroutput>documentation/release-manual/release-manual.$CC.po "
@@ -4824,26 +4827,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2311
+#: release-manual.xml:2324
msgid ""
"Then you either commit the file directly to svn (if you have the rights to "
"do so) or send the file to the mailinglist."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2313
+#: release-manual.xml:2326
msgid ""
"To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside "
"the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc </computeroutput> directory:"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2316
+#: release-manual.xml:2329
msgid "<computeroutput>svn up </computeroutput>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2321
+#: release-manual.xml:2334
msgid ""
"Read /usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.release-manual-translations to "
"find information how to create a new .po file for your language if there is "
@@ -4851,23 +4854,23 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2323
+#: release-manual.xml:2336
msgid "Please report any problems."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2329
+#: release-manual.xml:2342
msgid "Appendix A - The GNU Public License"
msgstr ""
# type: CDATA
-#: release-manual.xml:2332
+#: release-manual.xml:2345
#, no-wrap
msgid "Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. ]]"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2338
+#: release-manual.xml:2351
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 2007 Holger Levsen < <ulink "
"url='mailto:holger at layer-acht.org'>holger at layer-acht.org </ulink> > and "
@@ -4876,7 +4879,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2341
+#: release-manual.xml:2354
msgid ""
"This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it "
"under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free "
@@ -4885,7 +4888,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2343
+#: release-manual.xml:2356
msgid ""
"This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT "
"ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or "
@@ -4894,7 +4897,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2345
+#: release-manual.xml:2358
msgid ""
"You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with "
"this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 "
@@ -4902,17 +4905,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2350
+#: release-manual.xml:2363
msgid "GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2352
+#: release-manual.xml:2365
msgid "Version 2, June 1991"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2354
+#: release-manual.xml:2367
msgid ""
"Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, "
"Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and "
@@ -4921,12 +4924,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2359
+#: release-manual.xml:2372
msgid "TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2361
+#: release-manual.xml:2374
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>0. </emphasis> This License applies to any program "
"or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying "
@@ -4940,7 +4943,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2364
+#: release-manual.xml:2377
msgid ""
"Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered "
"by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program "
@@ -4951,7 +4954,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2366
+#: release-manual.xml:2379
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>1. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute verbatim "
"copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, "
@@ -4963,14 +4966,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2369
+#: release-manual.xml:2382
msgid ""
"You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you "
"may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2371
+#: release-manual.xml:2384
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>2. </emphasis> You may modify your copy or copies "
"of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the "
@@ -4979,7 +4982,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2374
+#: release-manual.xml:2387
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> You must cause the modified files to "
"carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of "
@@ -4987,7 +4990,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2377
+#: release-manual.xml:2390
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> You must cause any work that you "
"distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from "
@@ -4996,7 +4999,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2380
+#: release-manual.xml:2393
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> If the modified program normally "
"reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started "
@@ -5011,7 +5014,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2385
+#: release-manual.xml:2398
msgid ""
"These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable "
"sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be "
@@ -5025,7 +5028,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2387
+#: release-manual.xml:2400
msgid ""
"Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your "
"rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise "
@@ -5034,7 +5037,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2389
+#: release-manual.xml:2402
msgid ""
"In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with "
"the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage "
@@ -5043,7 +5046,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2391
+#: release-manual.xml:2404
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>3. </emphasis> You may copy and distribute the "
"Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or "
@@ -5052,7 +5055,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2394
+#: release-manual.xml:2407
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>a) </emphasis> Accompany it with the complete "
"corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under "
@@ -5061,7 +5064,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2397
+#: release-manual.xml:2410
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>b) </emphasis> Accompany it with a written offer, "
"valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no "
@@ -5072,7 +5075,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2400
+#: release-manual.xml:2413
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>c) </emphasis> Accompany it with the information "
"you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This "
@@ -5082,7 +5085,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2405
+#: release-manual.xml:2418
msgid ""
"The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making "
"modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all "
@@ -5096,7 +5099,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2407
+#: release-manual.xml:2420
msgid ""
"If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to "
"copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the "
@@ -5106,7 +5109,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2409
+#: release-manual.xml:2422
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>4. </emphasis> You may not copy, modify, "
"sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under "
@@ -5118,7 +5121,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2412
+#: release-manual.xml:2425
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>5. </emphasis> You are not required to accept this "
"License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you "
@@ -5131,7 +5134,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2415
+#: release-manual.xml:2428
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>6. </emphasis> Each time you redistribute the "
"Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically "
@@ -5143,7 +5146,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2418
+#: release-manual.xml:2431
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>7. </emphasis> If, as a consequence of a court "
"judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not "
@@ -5160,7 +5163,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2421
+#: release-manual.xml:2434
msgid ""
"If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any "
"particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and "
@@ -5168,7 +5171,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2423
+#: release-manual.xml:2436
msgid ""
"It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents "
"or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; "
@@ -5182,14 +5185,14 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2425
+#: release-manual.xml:2438
msgid ""
"This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a "
"consequence of the rest of this License."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2427
+#: release-manual.xml:2440
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>8. </emphasis> If the distribution and/or use of "
"the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by "
@@ -5201,7 +5204,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2430
+#: release-manual.xml:2443
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>9. </emphasis> The Free Software Foundation may "
"publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time "
@@ -5210,7 +5213,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2433
+#: release-manual.xml:2446
msgid ""
"Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program "
"specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and \"any "
@@ -5222,7 +5225,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2435
+#: release-manual.xml:2448
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>10. </emphasis> If you wish to incorporate parts of "
"the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are "
@@ -5235,12 +5238,12 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2438
+#: release-manual.xml:2451
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>NO WARRANTY </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2441
+#: release-manual.xml:2454
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>11. </emphasis> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED "
"FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT "
@@ -5254,7 +5257,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2444
+#: release-manual.xml:2457
msgid ""
"<emphasis role='strong'>12. </emphasis> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY "
"APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY "
@@ -5268,42 +5271,42 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2450
+#: release-manual.xml:2463
msgid "END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2456
+#: release-manual.xml:2469
msgid "Appendix B - about Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2460
+#: release-manual.xml:2473
msgid "Features of the Standalone image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2461
+#: release-manual.xml:2474
msgid "Almost all packages from the Standalone profile"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2462
+#: release-manual.xml:2475
msgid "All packages from the laptop task"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2463
+#: release-manual.xml:2476
msgid "The KDE desktop profile for students/pupils."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2468
+#: release-manual.xml:2481
msgid "Activating translations and regional support"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2470
+#: release-manual.xml:2483
msgid ""
"To activate a specific translation, boot using "
"<computeroutput>locale=ll_CC.UTF-8 </computeroutput> as a boot option, where "
@@ -5316,122 +5319,122 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2475
+#: release-manual.xml:2488
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Language (Region) </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2479
+#: release-manual.xml:2492
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Locale value </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2483
+#: release-manual.xml:2496
msgid "<emphasis role='strong'>Keyboard layout </emphasis>"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2488
+#: release-manual.xml:2501
msgid "Norwegian Bokmål"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2491
+#: release-manual.xml:2504
msgid "nb_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2494 release-manual.xml:2504
+#: release-manual.xml:2507 release-manual.xml:2517
msgid "no"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2498
+#: release-manual.xml:2511
msgid "Norwegian Nynorsk"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2501
+#: release-manual.xml:2514
msgid "nn_NO.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2508
+#: release-manual.xml:2521
msgid "German"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2511
+#: release-manual.xml:2524
msgid "de_DE.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2514
+#: release-manual.xml:2527
msgid "de"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2518
+#: release-manual.xml:2531
msgid "French (France)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2521
+#: release-manual.xml:2534
msgid "fr_FR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2524
+#: release-manual.xml:2537
msgid "fr"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2528
+#: release-manual.xml:2541
msgid "Greek (Greece)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2531
+#: release-manual.xml:2544
msgid "el_GR.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2534
+#: release-manual.xml:2547
msgid "el"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2538
+#: release-manual.xml:2551
msgid "Japanese"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2541
+#: release-manual.xml:2554
msgid "ja_JP.UTF-8"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2544
+#: release-manual.xml:2557
msgid "jp"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2548
+#: release-manual.xml:2561
msgid "Northern Sami (Norway)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2551
+#: release-manual.xml:2564
msgid "se_NO"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2554
+#: release-manual.xml:2567
msgid "no(smi)"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2561
+#: release-manual.xml:2574
msgid ""
"A complete list of locale codes is available in "
"<computeroutput>/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED </computeroutput>, but only the "
@@ -5441,32 +5444,32 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2567
+#: release-manual.xml:2580
msgid "Stuff to know"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2568
+#: release-manual.xml:2581
msgid "the password for the user is \"user\", root has no passwd set."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2574
+#: release-manual.xml:2587
msgid "Known issues with the image"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem>
-#: release-manual.xml:2575
+#: release-manual.xml:2588
msgid "none known yet."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><title>
-#: release-manual.xml:2581
+#: release-manual.xml:2594
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <article><section><section><section><para>
-#: release-manual.xml:2583
+#: release-manual.xml:2596
msgid ""
"The image is 1.2 GiB and available using <ulink "
"url='ftp://ftp.skolelinux.no/cd-etch-live/'>FTP </ulink>, <ulink "
diff --git a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
index 19d76f3..82ec5a9 100644
--- a/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
+++ b/documentation/release-manual/release-manual.xml
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
</emphasis>) release manual for the Debian Edu etch 3.0 release.
</para>
<para>This document was put into the <computeroutput>debian-edu-doc
-</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-01</computeroutput>.
+</computeroutput> package on <computeroutput>2007-12-03</computeroutput>.
</para>
<para>The version at <ulink url='http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch'>http://wiki.skolelinux.no/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch
</ulink> is a wiki and updated frequently.
@@ -1547,28 +1547,31 @@ aptitude update
</title>
<para>Two default profiles are included:
</para>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>students kde profile
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_pupils
</emphasis> (enabled for members of the students file group)
-</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customizes the students desktop with choosen icons for installed programs
+</para><itemizedlist><listitem>customized set of icons appears on student desktops
</listitem><listitem>makes sure that the programs behind the desktop icons also show up in the kde panel
-</listitem><listitem>adept is not started during login
+</listitem><listitem>adept is not started
</listitem><listitem>makes sure that students cannot start another kde session
</listitem><listitem>disables possibility to gain root access for students
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
-<para><emphasis role='strong'>root kde profile
+<para><emphasis role='strong'>debian_edu_root
</emphasis> (enabled for the root user and members of the admins file group)
</para><itemizedlist><listitem>adds a desktop icon to connect to the local webserver on tjener to provide easy access to all the administration programs
</listitem>
</itemizedlist>
<para><emphasis role='strong'>Note:
-</emphasis>: even if you can modify them using <computeroutput>kiosktool
-</computeroutput>, you should not do this, because your changes will be overridden on upgrades.
+</emphasis>: modifications to the profiles can be done using <computeroutput>kiosktool
+</computeroutput>. However, unless you follow the step below, your changes will be overwritten by upgrades.
</para>
-<para>If you want to use modified kiosk profiles, you can either copy existing ones and modify them or create new kiosk profiles in some directory (FIXME: suggest some proper dir here) and enable to use them in /etc/kde-user-profile
+<para>If you want to modify the kiosk profiles, you can either copy the existing ones and modify them, or create new kiosk profiles in (for example) <computeroutput>/etc/kde3/kioskprofiles/
+</computeroutput> and enable them in <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile
+</computeroutput>. The kiosk tool will do this for you if you click "profile properties" and browse to a new folder.
</para>
-<para>If you don't want to use kioskmode, use <computeroutput>rm /etc/kderc
-</computeroutput>. (FIXME: Really delete that file completly???)
+<para>If you don't want to use kioskmode, disable it in <computeroutput>/etc/kderc
+</computeroutput> or <computeroutput>/etc/kde-user-profile
+</computeroutput>. (FIXME: in which of the two?!)
</para>
</section>
@@ -1631,6 +1634,16 @@ THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"
<title>Sound with Flash in thin clients
</title>
<para>If sound doesn't sound properly in thin clients when browsing certain pages (as youtube.com), it can be solved installing a package in the thin clients server. To do it, login as root in the server:
+</para>
+<para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata width='15' fileref='./images/alert.png' depth='15'/>
+</imageobject><textobject><phrase>/!\
+</phrase>
+</textobject>
+</inlinemediaobject> <emphasis role='strong'>Warning
+</emphasis>: The software you install has no trust path. Software installed with <computeroutput>apt-get
+</computeroutput> is cryptographically signed to ensure a trust path.
+</para>
+<para>
</para><screen><![CDATA[wget http://pulseaudio.vdbonline.net/libflashsupport/libflashsupport_1.0~2219-1_i386.deb
]]>
</screen>
hooks/post-receive
--
debian-edu-doc.git (Debian package debian-edu-doc)
This is an automated email from the git hooks/post-receive script. It was
generated because a ref change was pushed to the repository containing
the project "debian-edu-doc.git" (Debian package debian-edu-doc).
More information about the debian-edu-commits
mailing list